MIL ,-■'■* a 1 ■;.'■.■.. IHWIT V 1 • ; ' ■ ■ •••'.'..,■.■.■ IB ■I HlU«HZlllUl»fC»WfiiIlHi£tUllUl.%Vtl.' VZF -A V s " ^ A^ ">* (1- ,o ,-V ">- (I 3 'O o> s- ! V v- ^ r> w lV •N V* ^ ^ *-1— - y \^ x V > s * <^ <*. A x \ ,° e* A ^ A 9 A ► <*- V - > A ^ -^ ,\V .r. ... ^ ^ ^ - tf OQ A ^ **. •V- * ■ P o* Ih oA *- > 1 %>,^ A- c^ *- ' <, "^ A X J ■ '% * c * * o • -I X ^. - \ CAIUS IULIUS CAESAR. (British Museum.) {Frontispiece.) t THE yJAA. FIRST LATIN BOOK V » / E. CUTLER SHEDD NEW YORK WILLIAM BEVERLEY HARISON T901 M % 1 ^.s* Sly !fi$OOft0 Of In a pamphlet of this title the author (E<~E8£ir itl ^ ias described tne method which is-em- _ „ bodied in this book, and also the result CyttC |l/CHt\ f a two years' test. In this test the class numbered fifteen, and each member completed the six books with comparative ease and without lack of thorough- ness. Those pupils to whom Latin proved most difficult seemed :to;derive the: grpafer benefit — indeed, judging by previous experience, leYeral would have failed to pass in even g» k, Q( u )> palate sounds, called palatals; t, d, teeth (or tongue) sounds, called dentals (or Unguals). 2. Liquids. 1, m, n, r. 3. Double Consonants, x = cs or gs ; z = ds. 3. Two Methods of pronouncing Latin are used in Amer- ica : the Roman and the English. In the English the sounds are as a rule the same as in English. This is now seldom used. 4. Sounds of Letters. Roman Method. 1. ' VOWELS. The vowels are the same as in English. Each has two sounds, long and short. LONG. SHORT. a as in ah. a as in what. e as in they. e as in set. 1 as in machine. i as in tin. as in home. as in melody. u as 00 in tool. U as in put. * References throughout are to paragraphs. 2 INTRODUCTION. a. When qu or gu precede a vowel, U is treated as a con- sonant. This is also true of U in the forms huic (ioo*) and cui (113 *) (Lessons XVI and XVIII). 2. DIPHTHONGS. The diphthongs are five ; two vowels combining with a, two with e, and one with 0. They are ae, au, ei, eu, and oe. ae as at in aisle. eu as eu in feud. au as ou in out. oe as oi in soil. ei as ei m freight. 5. CONSONANTS. The most of these are pronounced as in English. The following only need be noticed : C is hard, as in cat. i-consonant is like^ in vet. ch is hard, as in Christian. ph is like/, or ph in Philip. j g is hard, as in go. v is like w in will. i 6. Syllables, i. A word has as many syllables as it has vowels and diphthongs : ae-mu-la-ti-o. * 2. In dividing a word into syllables, a single consonant is joined to the following vowel : ho-mi-nes. When there are two or more consonants between tw( vowels, as many as can be so pronounced are joined to the second vowel: e-gre-gi-us, se-cun-dus. a. But when the word is formed by the union of two or more words (that is, is a compound) the division must show the component parts : ab-esse. 3. The last syllable of a word is called the ultima (in Latin meaning last) ; the syllable preceding the ultima the penult (a word contracted from the Latin paene, almost, and ultima). That preceding the penult is called the ante- penult, (ante in Latin means be/ore.) \ 1 - * References throughout are to paragraphs. INTRODUCTION. 3 7. Quantity, or Length of Vowels. i. Vowels are long (_) or short (w). In this book long vowels only are marked. 2. A vowel is short before another vowel or h, and gen- erally before nt and nd. 3. Diphthongs are long. 4. In compounds vowels representing diphthongs, and vowels resulting from contraction, are long: iniquus (for in-aequus) ; cogo (contracted from co-ag6). 5. A vowel is long before nf, ns and i-consonant, and generally long before gn. 6. A syllable 1 is long if it contains a long vowel or a diphthong, or if it has a short vowel followed by two consonants (except a mute with 1 or r), or a double consonant. 8. Accent. 1. An accented syllable is one which is pronounced with greater stress of voice than other syllables in the same word. 2. In words of two syllables, the accent is upon the first syllable : sil'-va. 3. In words of more than two syllables, the accent is upon the penult, if that is long, otherwise upon the antepenult: a-mi'-cus. 4. If -ne [41] or -que [91] be added to a word, the ac- cent falls upon the last syllable of the word : laudat'-ne ? mensa'-que, 9. Cases. The names of the cases are Nominative, Genitive, Dative, Accusative, Ablative, Vocative. a. There is also a Locative case, which is not given in this book, as it rarely occurs in second-year Latin. b. The meanings and uses of the cases will be given in succeeding lessons. 1 To avoid confusion, the quantity of syllables is not indicated in this Dook. INTRODUCTION. ■ lO. Gender. i. There are three genders, masculine, feminine and neuter, as in English. 2. Unlike the English, the gender is usually determined by the ending. Thus, nouns whose nominative singular ends in a are nearly always feminine.. a. Sometimes gender is determined by the meaning, as in English. b. That a word in English is neuter, and hence referred to as "it", does not show that it is neuter in Latin. In Latin "field", "year", and "sword", for instance, are each referred to as "he " ; " forest ", " road ", and " gate ", as "she". 3. Names of males, rivers, winds and months are masculine. 4. Names of females, countries, towns, islands and trees are feminine. 5. Indeclinable nouns are neuter. 11. Examples for Practice in Pronunciation. 1. VOWELS. acriter, eagerly. ala, wing. ara, altar. Cornelia. culpa, fault. fortuna, chance. edictum, proclamation. emitto, I send out. Epirus. alter, the other {of two). inter, between. tamen, yet. Idus. insula, island. Ira, anger. avis, bird. Asia. dulcis, sweet. olim, formerly, once. oratio, a speech. 6rdo, rank, order. modo, only. Hector. mercator, merchant. undecim, eleven. utilis, useful. uva, grape. INTRODUCTION. DIPHTHONGS. Graecia. aedificium, edifice. tubae, trumpets. causa, cause. gaudium, delight. nauta, sailor. Europa. Eurus. Euphrates. coepl, I began, Poenicus. poena, punishment. CONSONANTS. Cicero, Caesar, civis, citizen. Charon. schola, school. cachinno, I laugh aloud. genus, race. granum, a grain. gusto, I taste. iam, already. ianua, door. Iura. Polyphemus, elephantus, elephant. Philippus. sedes, seat. rosa, rose. Musa. Virgo, virgin. via, road. verbum, word. lingua, tongue. sanguis, blood. anguis, snake. quercus, oak. quondam, formerly. qui, who Suetonius, suavis, pleasant. sui, of himself . SYLLABLES. ma-tri-mo-ni-um, marriage, perspicio, I see through. le-ga-ti-6, embassy. Hel-ve-ti-I. A-qui-ta-ni-a. Ca-ta-man-to-loe-des, auc-to-ri-tas, authority. pulchritudo, beauty. invictus, unconquered. exspiro, / breathe forth. depono, I put down. confero, I colled. circumvenio, / surround. INTRODUCTION. ACCENT. Alexander. ancilla, maid-servant. amicitia, friendship. copia, abundance. melior, better. monumentum, monument. adulescens, a youth. Africanus. beneficium, a favor. Carthaginiensis. colloquium) conversation. nobilitas, nobility. provincia, province. ostendo, I show. xmdiquQ, from all sida,. porta, gate. poenitentia, penitence. proelium, battle. •n- i s y LESSON I. 12. MODELS. puella, girl. puellae, girls. regina, queen. reginae, queens. a. How does the plural of the Latin noun differ from the singular ? Form the plural of the following nouns : " fllia, daughter. terra, land. mensa, table. via, road. silva, forest. 13. EXAMPLES. Singular and Plural Via est longa, The road is long. Nominative of First Viae sunt longae, Roads are long. Declension. a. Notice that the adjective has a plural ending when it modifies a noun in the plural. If English were like Latin in this respect we would say " Roads are longs." b. There is no article. Via may be translated either a road or the road ; viae, roads or the roads. 14. i. Terra est lata. 2. Copiae sunt magnae. 3. Ubi est mensa alta et longa ? 4. Multae viae sunt longae. 5. Terrae sunt multae 6. Mensa est lata. 7. Ubi est magna mensa? 8. Estne a fllia bona? 1 -ne is the sign of a question, and cannot be translated. 8 LESSON I. 9. Mensae sunt altae. 10. Multae mensae sunt magnae et altae. 11. Ubi sunt magnae silvae? 12. Regina est bona. 13. Puella et regina ' sunt bonae. 14. Viae sunt latae. 15. Ubi est puella bona ? 15. The words needed in the English-Latin exer- cises of the first six lessons will be found in the Latin- English exercises which immediately precede them. 1. The road is long. 2. Is the road long ? (14, note 1.) 3. Are the roads long ? 4. Are the tables long ? 5. Where are the wide tables ? 6. Where are the good girls ? 7. Many forests are large. 8. The table is large and high. 1 Notice the compound subject. LESSON II. 16. EXAMPLES. Puella tubam portat, The girl is carrying (or, car- ries, or, does carry) a trumpet. Puella tubas portat, The girl is carrying trumpets. Puellae tubas portant, Girls are carrying (or, carry or, do carry) trumpets. Regina multas puellas amat,7%. EXAMPLES. Indirect Object. 20. Regina puellae rosam dat, The queen gives a rose to the girl. Rosa puellae est grata, The rose is acceptable to the girl. a. What is the case of puellae in these sentences ? This use of the Dative is called the Dative of the Indirect Object, and is the same in meaning and use as the indirect object in English. b. Notice the difference between the direct and the indi- rect objects in the first sentence. Be careful not to confuse these two " objects." c. The second sentence illustrates one use of the dative with adjectives. LESSON III 13 21. Rule. — The nominative is the case of the subject. 22. Rule. — The direct object of a verb is put in the ac- cusative. 23. Rule. — The indirect object of a verb is put in the dative. 24. 1. Silvae multae Galliae sunt magnae. 2. Filia puellae rosam magnam dat. 3. Reglna filiae longam mensam dat. 4. Estne rosa magna puellae bonae grata ? 5. Reglna copias magnas habet. 6. Reglna terrae puellis rosas multas dat. Rosae puellis sunt gratae. 7. Puella bonae reginae longam mensam dat. 8. Habetne reglna latam mensam? 9. Viae Galliae sunt longae. 0. Terrae Galliae silvas multas habent. n. Reglna puellas laudat. 12. Reglna filiis terrae praedam dat. Praeda reginae f Iliis grata est. 13. Reglna puellas multas amat. 14. Puellae reginae filiis rosas multas et magnas dant. 15. Ubi sunt mensae altae et latae ? 25. (See 15.) 1. The good girls give a large table to the queen. The table is acceptable to the queen. 2. The daughter of the queen has many large roses. The queen gives the roses of the daughter to the girls. 3. The countries of Gaul have many large forests and long roads. 4. The queen gives the plunder of the land to the troops. 5. Where are the countries of Gaul ? 6. Are the forests of the country large ? ,, . s LESSON IV. 26. EXAMPLES. The queen gives a rose to the girl. In this sentence notice that we recognize the word " queen " as the subject, and " rose " as the direct object of the verb " gives" because the one precedes and the other follows the verb. Thus the words in an English sentence follow a fixed order : subject, verb, object. The same sentence in Latin reads : Order of Words. Regina puellae rosam dat. Notice that we recognize the word rosam as direct object because of its ending -m, and puellae as the indirect object because of its ending -ae. If the words be rearranged, Regina rosam puellae dat, Rosam regina puellae dat, the meaning remains unchanged, for rosam, so long as it keeps the ending -m, cannot be anything but the direct object, and puellae, so long as it keeps the ending -ae, will in this sentence remain the indirect object. a. In a declarative Latin sentence the subject is usually placed first. b. The verb (excepting est and sunt) nearly always comes last. 14 . - -** ■ - ^ rS- m i . LESSON IV. 15 27. EXAMPLES. Regina Corneliam, filiam Galbae, laudat, The queen praises Cornelia, the daughter of Galba. Apposition. Regina Corneliae, puellae, tubam dat, The queen gives a trumpet to Cornelia, the girl. a. Notice that filiam and Corneliam both refer to the same person and are in the same case. This is also true of Corneliae and puellae. b. When a noun is joined to another noun as filiam is to Corneliam, or puellae to Corneliae, it is said to be in apposition with it. 28. Rule. — Appositives agree in case with the nouns which they limit. a. An appositive may often be best translated into Eng- lish by a noun introduced by "as" or " of." For example : Terra Gallia erat magna, The land of Gaul was large. Galba ad Galliam legatus Gallis proper at, Galba hastens to Gaul as an envoy to the Gauls. 29. EXAMPLES. Cornelia, puella, erat filia reginae, Cornelia, the girl y was the daughter 0/ the queen. a. In this sentence filia, which is in the predicate of the sentence, denotes the same person as Cornelia, the subject. Nouns used in this way are called predicate Predicate nouns. Nouns b. How does a predicate nominative differ from an appositive ? Which is the predicate nominative, and which the ap- positive, in the following sentence ? Cornelia, filia Galbae, erat bona puella, Cornelia, the daughter of Galba, was a good girl. 30. Rule. — A predicate noun agrees with the subject in case. 1 6 LESSON IV. 31. EXAMPLE, Multae silvae sunt in terra Gallia, Many forests are in the land of Gaul. a. Notice that the preposition in is followed by the Ab= lati ve case. Hence in is said to govern j n with the Ablative. Ablative. 32. i. Puella est filia reginae. 2. Magna silva erat in terra. 3. In terris Galliae erant longae et latae viae. 4. Ubi est puella, filia Corneliae? In silva est filia Corneliae. 5. Cornelia, puella, filiae reginae aquam dat. 6. Estne rosa in mensa? 7. Habetne terra Helvetia silvas? In Helvetia, terra Galliae, sunt multae et magnae silvae. 8. Corneliae tuba erat in alta mensa. 9. Erantne silvae Galliae multae et magnae? 10. Gallia est magna et lata terra. 11. Puellae Corneliam, Galbae bonam filiam, amant. 12. Filiae Galbae Corneliae puellae rosam magnam dant. 13. Gratae sunt reginae rosae. 14. Copiae terrae erant magnae. 15. In magnis silvis erant longae viae. 16. Praeda terrae est magna. 17. Bonae puellae filiis Galbae tubas dant. 33. (Words in parentheses are to be omitted in the Latin. ) 1 . Is Gaul a large land ? 2. In the countries of Gaul are many troops. 3. In Helvetia, a land of Gaul, are large forests. ra LESSON IV. 17 4. In the land of Gaul i is a large and wide forest. 5. The good girls give large roses to Cornelia, the daughter of the queen. 6. The roses are acceptable to Cornelia. 7. The queen praises the girls. 8. The troops of the queen are in the forest. 9. Are the roses upon the table ? 10. Where is the daughter of Galba ? 11. Galba loves (his) daughter. 1 Not genitive. LESSON V. 34. EXAMPLE. Terrae est magna silva, There is a large forest to the land, that is, the land has a large forest. Observe that this sentence has the same meaning as if it were Terra habet magnam silvam. The dative thus used is called the Dative of the Possessor. Dative of ihe Possessor. 35. Rule. — The dative is used with sum to denote the possessor, the thing pos- sessed being the subject. 36. i . Regina magnam rosam habet. 2. Reginae est rosa magna. 3. Reginae sunt rosae multae. 4. Tuba est puellae. Tuba pueliae est grata. 5. Corneliae, Galbae filiae sunt rosae multae. 6. Aqua magna est in via. Suntne multae reginae bonae ? Corneliae filiae bonae sunt tubae longae. Galliae terris sunt silvae multae. Ubi erat puella, Galbae f ilia bona ? Praeda in silva erat. Cornelia filias bonas habet. Corneliae sunt filiae multae. 13. Galliae terrae magnae et latae erant silvae multae. 14. Rosa Corneliae est in aqua. 15. Galba reginae longam mensam dat. 18 7- 8. 9- 10. 11. 12. LESSON V. 19 16. Estne aqua alta ? 17. Amatne Galba filias ? 18. Cornelia, filia Galbae, magnam rosam reginae dat. Grata reginae est rosa Corneliae. Corneliae tubam longam regina dat. Corneliae est tuba longa. 19. Reginae copiae erant rnagnae. 37. (When possible, translate the following sentences in two or three ways.) 1 . There is a large forest in the country of Helvetia (33- n. 1). 2. Cornelia has a rose. 3. Is Cornelia a good girl ? 4. Where was the plunder of the land of Helvetia ? 5. Has the queen a table ? 6. Has the girl, the daughter of the queen, many- roses ? 7. The water in the road is deep. LESSON VI. 38. EXAMPLE. Galba in silvam hastam portat, Galba carries a spear into the forest. a. Notice that in this sentence the prepo- sition in means "into," and governs the ac- cusative silvam, which is not a direct object, as is hastam. In with Accusative. 39. EXAMPLES. In silvam hastas portant, They are carrying spears into the forest. In silvam properat, He (or she) hurries Omission of Subject. into the forest. a. Notice that there is no subject expressed in these sen- tences, but that the subjects " they" and " he "are included in the verbs and expressed in the endings. b. The general sense of the sentence determines whether the subject expressed in the singular by the ending be " he," "she," or "it." 40. i. Galba in terram Galliam properat. 2. In silvas properant. 3. In terram multas hastas portant. 4. In terras praedam magnam portat. 5. Roma multas et latas vias habet. 6. In terra Gallia sunt multae viae. Terris Galliae sunt longae viae. Galliae suntne multae silvae ? Viae in silvis terrae Galliae sunt longae sed non latae. 20 LESSON VI. 21 7. Galba in silvam longas hastas portat. 8. Tuba filiae Galbae erat in alta mensa. 9. Galbae filias laudant. 10. Puellae hastam dat. Non grata puellae est hasta. 11. Puellae, filiae Corneliae, sunt in Roma. 12. In Romam magnam praedam multarum terrarum Galliae portant. 13. In porta erat regina bona. 14. In terra Helvetia copias habet. In Galliam copiae properant. 15. In silvas terrarum Galliae properant. 16. Hasta longa est in via. 17. Filia bona est reginae. 18. Romae viae sunt latae. 19. Copiae magnae sunt in terra Gallia. 20. Ubi est aqua? 21. Copias magnas in Helvetia non habent. 41. WORD-LIST. copia, COpiae, a supply (of -ne, sign of a question (8. 4). anything) ; plural also est, is. troops. sunt, are. silva, silvae, a forest. dat, he, she, or it gives, is terra, terrae, a country, or giving, or does give. land. habet, he, she, or it has, is via, viae, a road. having, or does have. et, and. 42. (When possible, translate the following sentences in two or three ways.) 1 . He hurries into the land of Helvetia. 2. In Gaul (there) are many troops. The troops have much plunder. They are carrying the plunder into the forests. 3. The girl, the daughter of Galba, is in the road. 22 LESSON VI. 4. They give the spear to the good girl, the daugh- ter of Cornelia. 5. Has Galba a daughter ? He has many daugh- ters. 6. Where is Galba 's spear ? 7. The girls have trumpets. 8. Does the queen praise the girls ? LESSON VII. SECOND DECLENSION. 43. The stem ends in o, which usually disappears by- combination with the case-ending. 44. Nouns of the second declension ending in -um are neuter. Others are masculine. (But see 10. 3 and 4.) 45. Stem and Gender. murus, wall. oppidum, town. SINGULAR. Nom. murus oppidum Gen murl oppidi Dat. miirO oppido Ace. murum oppidum Abl. miirO oppido Voc. (mure) (oppidum) PLURAL . Nom. murl oppida Gen. murdrum oppidorum Dat. muris oppidis Ace. murOS oppida Abl. muris oppidis Voc. (murl) (oppida) a. Nouns in -us of this declension have a special form in e, which forms their vocative case, or case of address. Amice, friend. b. The vocative of othei- nouns in all de- clensions is the same in form as the nominative. 23 Vocative Case. 24 LESSON Vll. c. How many cases in murus can you find which have the same ending ? d. Which cases of oppidum are alike in the singular ? which in the plural ? e. Declension by Endings. singular. MASCULINE. NEUTER. Stem mur Nom. -us Stem oppid Nom. -urn Gen. -I Gen. -I Dat. -5 Dat. -o Ace. -um Ace. -um Abl. -5 Abl. -o Voc. -e Voc. -um PLURAL. Nom. -I Nom. -a Gen. -orum Gen. -orum Dat. -Is Dat. -is Ace. -6s Ace. -a Abl. -is Abl. -is Voc. -I Voc. -a 46. i. Marce, amice, quid est in oppido ? In oppido amici legati tela et equos habent. Copia equorum magna est in oppidO. Magnam copiam telorum legati populo dant. Magnus est numerus captivorum in oppido. Copiae oppidi sunt magnae. 2. Estne Marci amicus legatus ? Galba, amicus Man i et populi, est legatus in Roma, Italiae oppido. Donasuntne tribunis, populi legatis ? Legatus telum, donum populi, habet. Tela sunt Galbae, legato. 3. Magnus est numerus oppidorum. Legati oppidorum sunt captivi. Mulii sunt captivi. In silvis sunt equi cap- tivorum. Captivi multa dona amicis dant. 4. Numerus magnus telorum est Marco, tribuno, legati LESSON Vll. 25 amico. Multa tela tribunus habet et populo oppidi dat. In oppido sunt equi et tela, dona amicorum. Magnum nume- rum equorum in silva tribunus habet. Equos et tela, dona, Marcus amicis legati dat. 47. WORD-LIST. numerus, -1, number. in, preposition ; with abla- amicus, -1, friend. tive, in or on ; with accu- captivus, -1, prisoner. sative, into, against. equus, -1, horse. quid ?, what ? Neuter nom- legatus, -1, an envoy, also an inative or accusative of in- ofricer in the Roman army, terrogative pronoun quis? a " legate". (Lesson XVIII.) 48. HINTS FOR WRITING LATIN. Every word except proper names used in the sentences to be turned into Latin has either been given in the vocab- ularies or else may be found in the Latin-English exercise for the same lesson. For proper names look in the Latin-Eng- lish vocabulary. Do not look up the words in any English- Latin vocabulary. To do so may seem the quickest way for the first few lessons, but it teaches one very little Latin, and in the long run is sure to prove much the slowest method. Study 26 again. Do not put down your words at random. Words not to be rendered in Latin are placed in parenthe- ses. 49. 1. The legates are friends of the captives. 2. They give a large number of horses to (their) friends. 3. Do they give the horses to the prisoners, the friends of the envoys ? 4. Marcus, has the legate a horse ? 5. The legate's friend has a horse in the road. 6. Are (there) large forests in the land of Gaul ? (33- n. 1.) LESSON VIII. ADJECTIVES OF FIRST AND SECOND DECLEN SIONS. 50. MASCULINE. Bonus Galba, Good Galba. Nom. Bonus Galba Gen. Boni Galbae Dat. Bono Galbae Ace. Bonum Galbam Abl. Bono Galba Voc. (Bone Galba) EXAMPLES. FEMININE. Bona Cornelia, Good Cornelia. Bona Cornelia Bonae Corneliae Bonae Corneliae Bonam Corneliam Bona Cornelia (Bona Cornelia) NEUTER. Bonum donum, A good gift. Bonum donum Boni doni Bono demo Bonum donum Bono dono (Bonum donum) a. Observe that bonus agrees in gender with the noun which it limits. b. Adjectives of the first and second declensions have three sets of terminations, in order to agree with any noun in any case. The masculine is declined like murus, the feminine like silva, and the neuter like oppidum. 51. Learn the declension of bonus (474). a. Decline equus defessus, tired horse, and gratum donum, pleasing gift. 26 LESSON Vlll. 27 52. EXAMPLES. Equus est magnus, The horse is large. Equi sunt magni, Horses are large. Predicate Oppidum est parVUm, The town is small. Adjectives. Oppida sunt parva, The towns are small. Galba est bonus, Galba is good. Adjectives used after est and sunt, as in these sentences, are called predicate adjectives. How do they differ from predicate nouns ? (29.) 53. 1. Dona multa bonae filiae Marci sunt. 2. Via Galbae defessi filiis defessis est longa. 3. Donum boni Marci Galbae bono est gratum. 4. Marcus Galbae filius in oppidum tela dona bona portat. 5. Filio bono tribuni equi sunt gratl. 6. In terra sunt silvae magnae. Magnus est in terra Gallia silvarum numerus. Longae viae sunt in silvis. Non grata est tribunis defessis legato rum in silvam fuga. Nonne grata est populo terrae fuga in silva captivorum ? 7. Murus altus est in silva. Magnam copiam telorum equi et captivi in silvam portant. Filiis Marci grata in silva sunt tela, dona amicorum. Defessi sunt tribunorum captivi. Equi bonorum legatorum in oppidum captivos defessos portant. 8. Altum murum habetne magnum oppidum ? Longus et altus mums est oppido magno. Alto et longo muro oppidi sunt multae portae. 54, WORD-LIST. altus, -a, -um, high, tall, deep. defessus, -a, -um, weary, tired. gratus, -a, -um, pleasing (not used of persons). longus, -a, -um, long. magnus, -a, -um, large. multus, -a, -um, much; plu- ral, many. oppidum, -1, n., town. non, not. portat, is carrying. 28 LESSON VUL 55. i . The tall captive is tired. 2. What is the horse carrying into the town ? 3. The friends of the ambassador are in the town. 4. He gives a horse to (his) tired friend. 5. The legate has a large number of horses in th forest. 6. Galba, the friend of the captive, is in the road. 7. The road is long and the captives are tired. 8. The legate, the friend of the tribune, is not in the town. LESSON IX. 56. SECOND DECLENSION-CONTINUED. Ager, m., field. Vir, m., ??ian. Puer, m., boy. Nom. ager Gen. agrl Dat. agro Ace. agrum Abl. agro Voc. (ager) SINGULAR. vir virl virO virum virO (vir) puer puerl puero puerum puer6 (puer) PLURAL. Nom. agrl virl puerl Gen. agrorum virorum puerdrum Dat. agris viris pueris Ace. agros viros puerOS Abl. agris viris pueris Voc. (agrl) (virl) (puerl) a. How does the declension of ager differ from that of puer? b. Most nouns and adjectives in -er of this declension are declined like ager. 57. Nouns in -ius and -ium shorten the genitive singular ending -ii to -I. The accent remains unchanged. consilium, gen. consili, advice, plan. filius, gen. fill, son. Pompeius, gen. Pompel, Pompey. a? 3° LESSON IX. 58. i. Captivi aegri non multum frumentum habent. 2. Liber populus liberam terram habet. 3. Equi nostri sunt in agris. 4. Equi nigri aegri Galbae frumentum non habent. 5. Nonne est aeger Marci equus niger ? 6. Muri oppidi nostri sunt alti. 7. Amicus noster est aeger. 8. Estne nigro equo multum frumentum magno in agro ? Frumentum equorum est in agris. Magna copia frumenti est in agro aegro equo. 9. In concilio viri consilium dant. Non gratum in conci- lio est consilium nostrorum legatorum liberis viris. In nostro concilio liberorum virorum consilium est bonum. 10. Estne filia boni Galbae in agro ? In muro est Corne- lia, Galbae legati filia. 11. Bonorum virorum consilium est gratum. Gratum consilium in oppido nostro bonus legatus populo dat. 12. Magnam copiam frumenti in terra Galliae nigri cap- tivi in oppida portant. Multa tela in terram Galliam lega- tus portat. 13. Magnum est concilium virorum Romae. Non mag- num est concilium liberae Galliae. 59. WORD-LIST. ager, agri, m., field; plural, consilium, -I, advice, plan, the country (as distinguish- skill, prudence. ed from the town). concilium, -1, council. vir, viri, m., man. liber, libera, liberum, free ; plural, m., children. 60. 1. The man's children are tired. 2. The horses are not in the town, but 1 in the country. 1 sed. LESSON IX. 31 3. He gives advice to the children. 4. In the council the advice of (his) friends was not acceptable to the envoy. 5. The captive does not have friends in the council of the legates. 6. Cornelia is the daughter (27) of Marcus the leg- ate, the friend of the captives. 7. The roads in the forest are long. 8. The troops of the countries of Gaul are in the towns. LESSON X. 61. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, and the present imperative and infinitive of . _.,* The Verb Sum. sum (486). 62. 1. Est, erat, erit. 2. Sunt, erant, erunt. 3. Sumus, eramus, erimus. 4. Sum, este, eras. 5. Eram, es, esse. 6. Ero, eritis. 7. Estis, eratis, eris. 63. In the preceding lessons verb-forms have been used in the third person. The forms of the verb sum show that there are endings to denote the first and Agreement of Verb second persons as well. wilh Subject. a. There are a few such endings in the English language ; as, " thou lovest," " he loveth." The English commonly uses the pronoun with the verb, which is seldom done in Latin. Is " thou,'"' in " thou lovest," really necessary to complete the meaning? 64. 1. Tu, O puer, Galbae aegri es filius. 2. Defessi erunt tuorum amicorum liberi. 3. Ibi nuntius tela puero dat. 4. Amicus eris puero, boni viri filio. 5. In Gallia multa hiberna Sextius legatus habet. Non magna sunt hiberna, sed legato erunt grata. 6. Marcus est nuntius. Marco est filia Cornelia. Puer erit boni Marci amicus. Marci amicus ero. Marci nuntl erimus amici. Estne bonum nostrum consilium? 7. In Italia frumentum habet. Equi multi captivorum in hiberna Sexti Marci tili arma portant. In hibernis erant multi viri, sed non captivi erant. Marcus tribunus in hiberna 32 I LESSON X. 33 Sexti nuntiorum arma portat. Arma nunti in hibernis boni legati erunt. 8. Copia magna frumenti defesso equo grata erit. Pueri boni, este amici aegri equi. 9. Ibi arma non erunt. 10. Tu in magnis hibernis eris, sed arma tua in oppido enint. 11. Ibi oppidum non erit magnum. 65. WORD LIST. nuntius, -1, messenger. arma, -orum, (in plural only) frumentum, -1, grain, provi- weapons (of all kinds, both sions. for attack and defence). telum, -1, weapon (especially ^ {n ihat plac ^ Adverb adart y sed, but. hiberna, -orum,' (plural only) the winter quarters for an army. 66. 1. They give a javelin to the boys, the friends of the messenger. 2. There 2 is a large supply of grain in the town, but there are no darts there. 3 3. They are carrying much grain and many weapons into the winter camp. 4 4. The winter camp of the legate is in the forest. 5. The man has a long javelin. Is he carrying the javelin into the winter camp ? 6. The children of the messenger are giving (his) weapons to the captives. 1 The full form castra hiberna is seldom used. 2 Notice the two uses of the word ; ' there " in English. The first of these is not found at all in Latin. 3 For the adverb of place use ibi. * Do not forget that this word is plural in Latin. LESSON XI. THE VERB SUM- CONTINUED. 67. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect in- dicative of sum. (486.) 68. EXAMPLES. Frumentum equis portatur, The grain is carried by horses. Marcus gladio Galbam vulnerat, Marcus Ablalive of Mean8 wounds Galba with a sword. or instrument. a. Notice that the ablatives equis and gladio tell us with what, or by means of what, some deed is accomplished. 69. Rule. — The means or instrument of an action is expressed by the ablative. 70. 1. Liber vir captivus fuerat. 2. Magna erit nova porta. 3. Filius nostri amici gladio cum multis viris pugnat. 4. Multos Graecos in belli) armis Romani vulnerant. 5. In terra Gallia fuerant multae silvae. Magnus fuit numerus silvarum et agrorum magna in terra Germania, sed pauca fuerunt oppida. Paucae et longae viae fuerunt mag- nis in silvis et agris Germaniae. 6. Oppido fuerant muri et portae. Novum est oppidum et pauci sunt viri, sed altus est murus. Gladios multos amici novo tribuno dant. In alto mtiro oppidi sunt viri. Populo oppidi victoria in bello erit grata. 7. Hibernis muri alti fuerant. 34 LESSON XL 35 8. Gladium novum filio Marcus dat. Gladio virus pau- COS filius Marci vulnerat. 9. Consilium novum legatOrum viris in concilio non erit gratum. 10. Portae multae erunt longo in muro. 11. Equi magnum in oppidum multum frumentum portant. 12. lbi magnus numerus gladiorum fuit in via. 13. In bello telis paucos, sed gladiis multos, vulnerant. 14. Populo gratum donum dat. 15. Multum frumentum equis in oppidum portat, et populo dat. 16. Defessi pueri arma tribuni non portant. 17. In oppido frumentum non erit. In agris frumentum multum erit, sed magnae sunt silvae et longae sunt viae. 71. WORD-LIST. bellum, -1, war. tribunus, -1, tribune, some- gladius, -i, sword. times lieute » ant - There were six military tribunes populus, -I r people. in each legion (157) of the pauci, -ae, -a, few. Roman . a \ m y< , rrheir du " ties varied as the general- pugnat, is fighting. in-chief saw fit. 72. Words will sometimes occur in these exercises which are not given as definitions in the vocabularies, but the pupil will always be able to find suitable words or expressions in the Latin vocabulary at his command. I. In the forests and open country 1 of Gaul Csesar and the Romans are fighting. The Romans are wounding many men with (their) weapons. The Gauls are wounding a few Romans by means of (their) swords and javelins. This 2 will be acceptable to the men in the council, but not to the people in the town. Many men in the town are friends of the Gauls. 1 ager. 2 hoc (neuter singular). 36 LESSON XL 2. The Romans are fighting in the woods. The arms of the Romans are swords and javelins. The Gauls are wounding many Romans by means of (their) long javelins. They wound the horse of the tribune. But the legate is in the winter camp, and has many men and horses, and large supplies of grain. He hastens (39) with (his) troops into the woods. There (66, n. 2) they wound many of the Gauls by means of (their) javelins and swords. LESSON XII. FIRST CONJUGATION. A VERBS. amo (stem ama), love. Principal parts : amo, amare, amavi, amatus. 73. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, and the present imperative and infinitive, active and passive, of amo. (480.) a. A verb in the Active Voice represents its subject as active (that is, usually, as doing something); for instance, The man hits the boy. b. A verb in the Passive Voice represents its subject as being acted upon ; for instance, The man is hit by the boy. 74. 1. Amat, amabat, amabit. 2. Amatur, amabatur, amabitur. 3. Amant, amantur, amabam. 4. Amabant, amabuntur, amabar. 5. Amabunt, amabantur, ama. 6. Amo, amare, amari. 7. Amor, amabamur, amabamus. 8. Amabo, amabor, amamur. 9. Amamus, amabimur, amaminl. 10. Amabimus, amare. 75. Inflect, that i?, repeat the tenses of, these verbs as you have inflected amo : nuntio, nuntiare, nuntiavi, nuntiatus, to report or tell. porto, portare, portavi, portatus, to carry, a. To find the stem, drop -re of the infinitive. 37 LESSON XII. -mus -T -mur -tis -ris -mini Personal -nt -tur -ntur Endings. 38 76. -0 or -m -s -t These are called the Personal Endings. In what tenses are they to be found ? What tenses and moods do not have them ? Are they found in the tenses of sum as well as of amo ? What do they mean ? 77. EXAMPLES. Galba gladium pOltat, Galba is carrying Ablative of a SWOrd. Agent. Gladius a Galba portatur, A sword is being carried by Galba. Marcus gladio vulneratur, Marcus is wounded by means 0/ a sword. Viri a legato tuba vocabantur, The men were called by the legate by means 0/ a trumpet. a. Notice that the object of the active verb in both Latin and English becomes the subject of the passive, while the subject (the doer or agent) of the active is in Latin ex- pressed with the passive by the ablative with a or ab, which corresponds to the preposition ''by." b. The last two sentences illustrate the difference between the Ablative of Agent and the Ablative of Means. The Ablative of Agent is used regarding persons, the Abla- tive of Means regarding animals or things. 78. Rule. — The agent with a passive verb is expressed by the ablative with a or ab. 79. 1. Vir telum in hiberna portabit. 2. Telum in oppidum a viro portabitur. 3. Galba Marcum amicum amabat. 4. Marcus a Galba amabatur. 5. Liberi, nostrum amicum amabitis. LESSON XII. 39 6. Noster amicus a liberis aegris amabitur. 7. Quid populo ab amico nostro nuntiabitur? 8. Frumentum et tela in oppidum a captivo nigro porta- buntur. 9. A multis amamur. 10. Consilium nunti a Galba nuntiabitur. 11. Nuntiabitne Galba in concilio nunti consilium ? 12. Galbae telum a filio in oppidum portabatur. 13. Filius Galbae arma in oppidum portabat. 14. Victoria populo nuntiabitur. 15. A liberis amabimini. 16. Tribunus cum viris pugnabit. Telis et gladiis pugnant. Tribunus gladio et telis vulnerabitur. 17. In hibernis telis, sed in agro gladiis, tribunus cum viris pugnabat. 18. Romanorum armis Graeci vulnerabantur. Graeci Romanos non amabant. 19. Arma tribunorum a defessis viris non portabantur. 20. Quis frumentum in oppidum portabit ? Aeger est tribunus, sed quid filius nuntiat? Nuntiat, "A captivis frumentum in oppidum portabitur." SO. WORD-LIST. amo, -are, -avi, -atus, to like vulnero, -are, -avi, -atus, to or love. wound. nuntio, -are, -avi -atus, to a (before a consonant), ab report or tell. (before a vowel), by, from. portd, -are, -avi, -atus, to cum, preposition followed by carry. ablative, together with, pugno, -are, -avi, -atus, to sometimes with. Denot- fight. Followed by cum, ing accompaniment (not with. means). 81. The children of the town are carrying the weapons of the lieutenant into the woods. This (72, n. 2) will 4© LESSON XII. be told to the lieutenant by a boy and will not be pleasing (to him). He will tell the children, 1 " Boys, carry the weapons back again." 2 But the children do not like the lieutenant, and do not carry back 2 the weapons, but hasten (39) into the winter camp and tell the captives, "The lieutenant has no weapons.' But the lieutenant tells the boy Marcus, the son J of Galba, " Marcus, hasten into the woods and carry (my) javelins into the winter camp. ' Marcus will carry the javelins to i the lieutenant. 1 Dative. 9 rursus. 3 filius. 4 ad (not dative). LESSON XIII. FIRST CONJUGATION -CONTINUED. 82. Learn the perfect, pluperfect and future perfect indic- ative, active and passive, of amo. (480.) a. The participle amatus, used in the compound forms of the passive, is declined like bonus, and is treated in all re- spects like an adjective. Cornelia amata est, Cornelia was loved. Marcus amatus est. Frumentum portatum est, Grain was carried. Galba amatus est. Amati sunt, They were loved. 83. Verbs have three stems, which are given in the Principal Parts : Porto, portare, portavi, use of Principal portatus ; Do, dare, dedi, datus. Par * 8 - The first gives the stem of the Present, Imperfect, and Future tenses : AMo Do. The second gives the Present Infinitive, by which the conjugation is distinguished : amARE, dARE. The third gives the stem of the Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Active : AMAVI DEDI. The fourth gives the stem of the Perfect, Pluperfect and Future Perfect Passive : AMATus DATus. 84. Look in a vocabulary as seldom as possible. First translate the Latin as nearly in the order in which it comes as you can, giving to each word the .. Hints for Reading. meaning its ending requires. Do not try to make good English, but only to get the sense and to find the construction of each Latin word. Then go over the sentence 4* 42 LESSON XIII. again, and turn it into good English. This is especially nec- essary in a long sentence. 85. i. Amice, esne aeger? 2. Copia magna frumenti defessis equis fuerat in agro. 3. Cum studio oppugnati sumus. 4. In hiberna tribuni arma et frumentum multum a cap- tivis portata erant. Barbari viri pugnis multis hiberna oppugnaverunt. Portas hibernorum cum studio barbari viri Oppugnaverunt, et multos amicos tribuni telis vulnera- verunt. . Multos viros tribunus paucis cum am ids in pugna vulneravit. 5. Pauci viri cum magno studio laborant. Barbari viri non laborant. Bonus vir cum consilio et studio laborat. Laborabisne, puer? 6. Cum magno studio populi barbari terram legatus occu- pavit. Magno cum studio oppida oppugnabat. Magnis pugnis paucae terrae occupatae sunt. Magnae pugnae erant, et viri multi telis vulnerati sunt, sed pauca oppida op- pugnata sunt. 7. Magno cum consilio a Romanis in bello oppida Oppug- nabantur. Multis pugnis in Gallia a Romanis oppida 0C- cupata sunt. Oppida multa in Gallia oppugnabuntur. Cum barbaris viris pugnis multis Caesar pugnabit. 8. Terrae novae a viris barbaris in bello magno cum studio occupatae erant. Magno cum studio populi barbari terrain occupabunt. 86. WORD-LIST. occupo, -are, -avi, -atus, to laboro, -are, -avi, -atus, to take possession of, to seize. work. Sometimes to have oppugno, -are, -avi, -atus, to a hard time. attack. barbarus, -a, -um, uncivilized. pugna, -ae, a fight. studium, -1, eagerness. LESSON MIL 43 87. 1. In the woods, in a wide place upon the road, the messenger was attacked. A man wounded (his) horse with a javelin. The messenger fought with the men with (his) sword. But the men were many, and he was tired out by the fight. He told the men (81, n. i), "I am the messenger of the tribune Sextius ; why are you attacking me ? Are you not his friends ? ' They told the messenger, " We are the friends of Sextius. We will be your friends. ' ' 2. The winter camp of the legate was in the forest. In the winter camp there (66, n. 2) were a great num- ber of captives, and much grain, and many weapons and horses. A large number of Gauls attacked the troops of the legate. In the battle he was wounded with a sword by a man. The Gauls seized the winter camp and carried the grain and weapons into the forest. LESSON XIV. 88. EXAMPLES. Oppidum cum studio oppugnavit, He attacked the town with eagerness (or eagerly). Oppidum magno cum studio oppugnavit, Oppidum magnO StlldiO Oppugnavit, Active of Manner. He attacked the toivn with great eagerness. Cum studio, magno cum studio, and magno studio ex- press the manner of the action. 89. Rule. —The manner of an action is expressed by the ablative with cum, unless an adjective is used with the ablative, when cum may be omitted. 90. To aid the pupil to acquire the habit of noticing the endings, they are in this lesson printed in heavy faced type. ROMANI ATQUE GaLLI. Magnum oppidum Italiae, cum altis et longis muris, fuit Roma. Altae portae erant muris. In oppidum Roraam frumentum a viris equis portabatur, nam multus in oppido erat populus. Multas terras oppidaque magno cum consilio et in bello studio populus Romanus occupavit. Multi Roman! non laborabant, nam magnus erat capti- vorum numerus, atque captivi laborabant. In agris silvisque Galliae erant Galli, barbari viri. Bonam Italiae terram olim occupaverunt. Oppida oppug- naverunt. Cum Gallis, Roman! magno studio pugnaverunt, sed multi erant Galli, et deinde superaverunt. Populus 44 LESSON XI V. 45 Romanus fuga servatus est. Sed Galli celeriter ex-iverunt, atque Roman! iterum oppidum Romam aedificaverunt. 91. WORD-LIST. murus, -I, wall. atque, and. >onus, -a, -um, good, - an d- ( 8 , 4-) 92. In the land (of) Italy are great supplies of grain. The Roman people are skilful * in war. The cities have high walls. But we Gauls are many and will eagerly attack the forces of the Romans. The Romans will fight with eagerness, but we will seize many towns. We will seize the city Rome. We will carry many captives and weapons and much grain into the country (of) Gaul, This plan is acceptable to the men in the council of the Gauls. 1 Cum consilio. 93. LESSON XV. HIC AND ILLE. • hie, this. SINGULAR ille, that. M. F. N. M. F. N. Nom. hie haec hoc ille ilia illud Gen. hums huius hiiius illius illius illius Dat. huic huic huic ill! ill! illi Ace. hunc hanc hoc ilium illam illud Abl. hoc hac hoc PLURAL. illo ilia illo Nom. hi hae haec ill! illae ilia Gen. horum harum horum i Horum illarum illorum Dat. his his his illis illis illis Ace. hos has haec illos illas ilia Abl. his his his illis illis illis a. How do these forms differ from those of nouns of the first and second declensions ? b. Hie refers to what is near to the speaker in place, time, or thought : hie gladius, this sword. c. Ille refers to what is somewhat remote from the speaker in place, time, or thought : illud telum, that dart. d. Ille, agreeing with a noun sometimes means "that well-known" or " thai renowned." 94. EXAMPLES. Hie puer est altus ; ilia puella est parva, This boy is tall ; that girl is small. 46 LESSON XV. 47 Legatus et captlvus sunt amici ; ille est albus, hie niger, The lieutenant and the captive are friends ; the former is white, the latter black. Hoc donum puellae est gratum, illud puero, This gift is pleasing to the girl, that one to the boy. a. Notice the meaning of ille, hie : (i the former," li the latter, v in the second sentence. b. An examination of the above shows that hie and ille have two uses : (i) as demonstrative adjectives, in agree- ment with nouns, (2) as demonstrative pronouns, stand- ing alone. 95. 1. Legato studium illius tribiini atque hiiius nunti gratum fuit. 2. Hie mums paucas portas, ille multas, habet. 3. Illius Galbae gladium portabo. 4. Aedui et Sequani in terra Gallia diu erant. Illi fue- runt Romanorum amici, hi Germanorum. Suntne illi nostri amici ? 5. Secunda piigna barbaros superat, et ibi hiberna conlo- cabit. Ubi hiberna conlocabit? nam non idoneus locus est. Estne idoneus ille locus ? In illo idoneo loco hiberna legatus conlocabit. In hoc loco tribunus multa tela, sed paucos gladios, habet. In his hibernis amici legati fru- mentum atque arma cum studio conlocaverint. 6. Nonne tribunus huic filio Marci defesso gratum donum dabit? nam cum studio laborat. Illi hunc gladium, huic illud telum dabit. In hoc loco a fllio tribuni legatus gladio vulneratus erit. 96. WORD-LIST. locus, -1, plural, loci or loca, idoneus, -a, -um, suitable. a place. (Refers to place. For time, conloco, -are, -avi, -atum, secundus, -a, -um, is usu- tc place or station. ally used). filius, -1, son. 48 LESSON XV. 97. 1. The friends of this man are many, but of that (one), few. 2. These men do not fight with eagerness, but those are wounding many Romans with their swords. 3. This legate has a sword, and that (legate) a jave- lin. 4. A Gaul gave this tired captive a horse. 5. This place is not a suitable (one.) 6. The advice of this lieutenant will not be pleasing to the legates in the council. 98. 1. Consilium nunti in illo concilio nuntiatur. Consilium nun tribuni sed nunti legato gratum erit. 2. Caesar cum Helvetiis in illo idoneo loco piignavit. Pugna magna fuit sed Roman! Helvetios superaverunt. 3. Frumentum populo non fuerat. 4. Hi gladii novi illis viris grati erunt. 5. Vir in muro telum portat. 6. Filio idoneum telum dat. 7. Tribune, a populo amaberis. 8. Legatus populi non fueram. 9. Frumentum in hiberna portabit, sed arma in oppido conlocabit. Hoc consilium legato novo non gratum est. In oppido hiberna conlocabit. 99. This boy is carrying a large sword. With the boy there are many children. He is telling the children (81, n. 1), "In yonder 1 woods there are many Gauls. I will fight with these men and will wound a large number with this sword. Messengers will tell this to the Roman legate. He will give (me) a horse and javelin. Then 2 I will be a lieutenant. Is not this a good plan ? ' ' 1 ille. 2 turn. LESSON XVI. 100. THE DEMONSTRATIVE IS. is, //us, that ; also he, she, it. SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. F. N. M. F. N. Nom. is ea id ei, ii eae ea Gen. eius eius eius eorum earum eorum Dat. ei ei ei eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis Ace. eum earn id eos eas ea Abl. eo ea eo eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis a. Is as a pronoun means he, she, it. As a demonstrative adjective it is an unemphatic//2/> or that in meaning, stand- ing between hie and ille, but somewhat nearer to the latter. lOl. TABLE OF USUAL MEANINGS. is, he. ea, she. id, it; also this, that. eius, his, her, its. eorum, earum, eorum, their, eum, him. earn, her. id, it; also this, that. 102. EXAMPLES. Is vir cum studio laborat, This man labors with eagerness. Studium eius viri laudamus, We praise the eagerness of that man, 49 50 LESSON XVI. Amicus eius amatur, His friend is liked. Is qui studium habet superabit, He who has eagerness will overcofne. 103. i. Ei filiae Marci dona dedistis, atque grata fuerunt haec dona. 2. Ei cum studio auxilium dabunt. 3. Legatus in idoneo loco hiberna conlocaverit. In hi- berna equis multa tela et magnam copiam frumenti portabit. Galli haec hiberna oppugnabunt, sed non occupabunt. 4. Nonne pugnae signum dabis ? II. Caesar et Ariovistus. Ariovistus erat Germanus. Gallos facile superaverat. Caesar atque Romani gladiis telisque cum Ariovisto pugna- verunt, eumque in bello superaverunt. Magna erat haec pugna. Magnum studium pugnae erat Ariovisto. Multos viros atque equos habuit et Gallos multis pugnis superaverat. Caesar castra cum muro portisque in loco idoneo prope eum conlocavit, et in haec castra impedimenta portavit. Ger- manorum castra non murum habuerunt, nam barbari erant. In pugna Germanis magnum fuit studium, sed Romanis con- silium atque bona arma fuerunt. Deinde Romani supera- verunt. In fuga per silvas multi Germani, et mulieres et liberi, interfecti sunt. Ariovistus ipse in Germaniam fugit. Ita Germani a Romanis superati sunt. 104 WORD-LIST. signum, -1, standard or ensign supero, -are, -avi, -atus, signal. to surpass; hence, some- do, dare, dedi, datus, to give. times, to conquer. ita, thus, in this way. 105. The lieutenant will give the signal for battle and the men will attack the Gauls with great eagerness. LESSON XVI 5 1 There are a few Gauls in the road, and a great num- ber in the woods. A few Romans will attack the former with javelins, but the latter will be attacked with swords. In a suitable place in the woods the Gauls have placed (their) children and baggage. The Romans who will fight in the road will easily overcome the Gauls there. Then 1 they will easily seize the bag- gage of the Gauls. Next* they will give help to (their) friends, who will attack those Gauls who are in the woods. Thus the Gauls will easily be conquered. This is the plan of the lieutenant. 1 turn. 2 deinde. LESSON XVII. 106. QUI. qui, who, which. SINGULAR. M. F. N. Nom. qui quae quod Gen. cuius cuius cuius Dat. cui cui cui Ace. quem quam quod Abl. quo qua quo M. PLURAL. F. N. qui quae quae quorum quarum quorum quibus quibus quibus quos quas quae quibus quibus quibus a. Qui is called the Relative Pronoun. The Relative Pronoun. 107. TABLE OF USUAL MEANINGS IN SINGULAR. qui, quae, who. quod, which, that. cuius, of whom, whose, of which. CUl, to ox for whom. CUI, to ox for which. quem, quam, whom. quod, which, that. 108. EXAMFLES. Puer qui est bonus amatur, The boy who is good is liked. Copiae quas habet sunt magnae, The supplies which he has are large, Puer cui donum dat est laetus, The boy to whom he gives the gift is glad, 53 LESSON XVII. 53 Consilium quod dat est bonum, The advice Agreement of Which he gives is good. Relative Pronoun. a. Notice that the relative pronouns in these sentences have the same gender and number as the nouns to which they refer (called their antecedents) : qui as puer, mag- nae as copiae, cui as puer, quod as consilium. But the cases are often different. Qui is the subject of est, quas the direct object of habet, cui the indirect object of dat, and quod the direct object of dat. lOt). Rule. — A relative pronoun agrees with its ante= cedent in gender and number, but its case depends upon the construction of the clause in which it stands. HO. i. Vir bonus, cuius filius in hoc agio laborat, est in oppido. 2. Numerus equorum, qui in castra impedimenta porta - bunt, est magnus. 3. Viri, quibus erant gladii, pauci erant. 4. Consilium nunti populo non erit gratum. 5. XI 1 1 equi, quibus Marci filius in via frumentum portat, sunt nigri. Defessus est filius Marci, qui in castra frumen- tum portat. Aeger est vir, cuius equi in via sunt. 6. Non grata filiae Galbae sunt dona quae puer dat. Aeger est puer, qui haec dona filiae dabat. 7. Eritne bonus vir qui dona iis pueris dederit ? 8. Tribunus est hie vir, cui multa arma sunt, sed a bar- bans captivis, quos hi equi portabant, vulneratus est. 9. Non bonum est consilium virorum qui pugnant. HI- WORD-LIST. castra, -orum (in plural only), camp. 112. 1. The man whom you wounded is a messenger. 2. The men to whom you gave the swords which were on the wall are Gauls. 54 LESSON XVII. 3. This is the lieutenant whose baggage was seized. 4. This is the boy to whom you gave the gift. 5. These children wounded the son of Marcus with this javelin, which you gave to (your) friend. 6. This man to whom you gave the long sword is not (your) friend. 7. The tired captive to whom you gave the horse is not a Gaul. 8. The weapons which you gave to the men are in the camp. LESSON XVIII. 113. QUIS quis, who? which? what? SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. F. N. M. F. N. Nom. quis quae quid qui quae quae Gen. cuius cuius cuius quorum quarum quorum Dat. cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus Ace. quern quam quid quos quas quae Abl. quo qua quo quibus quibus quibus 114. EXAMPLES. Quis castra oppugnabit ? Who will attack the camp ? Quis vir erit nuntius ? What man will be a messenger? Quid amantGalli ? What do the Gauls love ? Quae oppida a Romanis occupata sunt ? What towns have been seized by the Romans? a. Notice that quis in the first sentence and quid in the third are interrogative pronouns, while quis in the second sentence and quae in the fourth are interrogative adjec- tives, and agree with their nouns like other adjectives. b. Quod is used instead of quid as an interrogative ad- jective : Quod oppidum a Romanis occupatum est ? 115. i. A quibus haec castra oppugnabuntur ? 2. Qui viri hanc terram occupaverint ? 55 56 LESSON XVIII. 3. Quid est in illo muro? 4. Qui vir non amat pueros ? 5. Cui dabit tribunus hoc novum gladium? 6. Quibus viris non erit auxilium amicorum gratum? 7. Quos agios habet ille vir? 8. Quem vulneravisti ? 9. Quid est legato in hibernis ? 10. Quam portam tribunus oppugnabit ? 11. A quo arma ilia ibi sunt conlocata? 12. Quibus novis armis ilium virum legatus vulneravit? 13. A quibus Romani superati sunt? 14. Cuius arma ille puer habet ? 15. In quo loco legatus impedimenta conlocabit ? In novis hibernis impedimenta conlocat. 16. Qui bonus vir auxilium amicis non dat? 17. Quos viros auxilio filiorum tribunus vulneravit? 18. Cuius tribuni in hibernis sunt impedimenta? In oppidum equis impedimenta portabuntur. 19. Quod novum consilium nuntius dabit? 116. WORD-LIST. novus, -a, -um, new. Hence impedimentum, -I, a hin- also, strange. drance. In plural, the auxilium, -1, aid or help. baggage or baggage train Plural usually auxiliaries, of an army, light arm ed troops (stingers, bowmen, spearmen, etc.) 117. 1 . Upon what road were these wearied men attacked by the forces of the Gauls ? With what arms did the Gauls fight ? Whom did they wound with the javelins ? Whose horse was wounded in the fight ? LESSON XV III. 57 tacked by the Gauls ? Is the winter camp located in a suitable place ? 3. Is that tall man the lieutenant? Why is he loved by the men ? The men are few, but they will fight very eagerly (with great eagerness). 4. What towns of the Gauls will they attack ? 5. What is this man carrying ? 6. With whose sword was that man wounded ? 7. To whom will you give advice ? 8. In what place shall we place the camp ? LESSON XIX. READING LESSON 118. PUER ET AMICUS. Puer qui in agro erat amico ita dixit, " Quibus sunt illi equi qui in hoc agro erant ? ' ' " Equi sunt eorum Romanorum qui in silva cum Gallis pugnabant." Ita amicus dixit. " Cur illi qui cum Gallis pugnaverunt ex equis in silvam non iverunt ? " " Olim ita iverunt, sed Galli facile equos vulnerabant, atque Romani multi superati sunt. Facile in agro ex equis pugnant, sed in silvis non ita est." " Ilium signum quid est ? " <( Signum in illis castris a tribuno datur. Non pugnae signum dat, nam prope Galli non sunt." "Vide! Multi viri in porta murisque castrorum sunt. Id signum aliud, nonne in silva datur ? " " A Gallis id datur. Prope Galli sunt. Fuge ! ' ; Sed pueri amicus a Gallis interfectus est, atque puer ipse vulneratus est. 119. Ariovistus was a German who greatly enjoyed a fight. 1 He seized the fields of the Sequani, who were Gauls, and conquered the Haedui in a great battle. The Haedui, who were friends of the Roman people, 1 Compare 103, II. 58 LESSON XIX. 59 told them, 1 "The Germans, who have conquered the Gauls, are seizing the land of Gaul. Are the Germans friends of the Roman people ? ' The Romans sent word 2 by messenger to Ariovistus, "Do not attack the Haedui. ' ' This was not pleasing to Ariovistus. He sent word to the Romans, "Will you fight the Germans? They have never 3 been conquered. ' But Caesar with his forces attacked the Germans and con- quered Ariovistus. 1 Singular. 2 nuntiare. 3 numquam. LESSON XX. 120. THE DEMONSTRATIVES ISTE, I DEM , IPSE. idem, the same. SINGULAR. M. F. N. Nom. Idem eadem idem Gen. eiusdem eiusdem eiusdem Dat. eidem eidem eidem Ace. eundem eandem idem Abl. eodem eadem eodem PLURAL. Nom. j eidem j iidem eaedem eadem Gen. eorundem earundem eorundem Dat. j eisdem ( iisdem eisdem iisdem eisdem iisdem Ace. eosdem easdem eadem Abl. ( eisdem ( iisdem eisdem iisdem eisdem iisdem ipse, self. SINGULAR. PLURAL. m. F. N. M. F. N. Nom. ipse ipsa ipsum i ipsi ipsae ipsa Gen. ipsius ipsius ipsius ipsorum ipsarum ipsorum Dat. ipsi ipsi ipsi ipsis ipsis ipsis Ace. ipsum ipsam ipsum i ipsos ipsas ipsa Abl. ipso ipsa. ipso ipsis ipsis ipsis Iste, ista, istud, that, that of yours. Iste is declined like ille. (93.) 60 LESSON XX. 6 1 121. EXAMPLES. Hie idem vir eum vulneravit, This same man wounded him. Legatus ipse eum vulneravit, The legate himself wounded him. Ipse virum vulneravisti, You wounded the man yourself. Istum gladium el dedi, I gave him that sword of yours. a. Idem and iste can be used as either demonstrative adjectives or demonstrative pronouns. (Cp. 94, b.) b. Iste is used in speaking of that which has some rela- tion to the person addressed. It sometimes denotes contempt. Do " of yours," " of his," sometimes suggest contempt in English ? c. Ipse, strictly speaking, like the English "self," is not used alone, but in agreement with a noun or pronoun. Sometimes the noun or pronoun is understood from the verb ending, as in the third sentence. 122. 1. Quae nova arma barbari viri habent ? 2. In quod oppidum sunt impedimenta portata ? 3. Quis bello Gallos superavit? 4. Ad eandem portam properaverunt. 5. Hoc est istum gladium quo ipse vulneratus es. 6. Telum at que equus sunt dona eiusdem viri. Isti puero haec dona ipse dedit. 7. Tribunus ipse legatum ipsum vulneravit. 8. Cui legato grata erat nuntiorum fuga ? 9. In qua terra sunt silvae ? 10. In agris cum studio laborabitis. 11. Eadem castra cum copiis legati occupaverunt. 12. In concilio ipso Gallorum ille hoc consilium legatis ipsis nuntiavit. 13. In bello quod auxilium a tribunls legato datur ? Gratum auxilium gladiis in pugna tribuni legato dant. 62 LESSON XX. 123. i . To whom does that sword belong ? 2. Are these the same men ? 3. You yourself gave the signal of battle, and with a few men attacked the tribune himself. 4. These Gauls attacked the gate l of the camp itself. 5. That captive of yours is not at work. 6. The legates placed the camps in the same place. 7. The messenger himself, the friend of the tribune, was wounded by the latter 's captive. 8. What weapons do the men have ? 1 porta. LESSON XXI. 124. THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS AND IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. quidam, a, a certain (person i or thing). SINGULAR. M. F. N. Nom. quidam quaedam quiddam, quoddam Gen. cuiusdam cuiusdam cuiusdam Dat. cuidam cuidam cuidam Ace. quendam quandam quiddam, quoddam Abl. quodam quadam PLURAL. quodam Nom. quidam quaedam quaedam Gen. quorundam quarundam quorundam Dat. quibusdam quibusdam quibusdam Ace. quosdam quasdam quaedam Abl. quibusdam quibusdam quibusdam aliquis, some, any (person or thing) , SINGULAR. Nom. Gen. M. aliquis alicuius F. ali qua alicuius N. aliquid, aliquod alicuius Dat. alicui alicui alicui Ace. Abl. aliquem aliquo aliquam aliqua PLURAL. aliquid, aliquod aliquo Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. aliqui ali quorum aliquibus aliquos aliquibus aliquae aliquarum aliquibus aliquas aliquibus aliqua aliquorum aliquibus aliqua aliquibus 63 6 4 LESSON XXL a. Is the quis of this compound declined differently from the interrogative quis ? b. Aliquid is used as a noun, aliquod as an adjective. 125. I. The following adjectives, like the pronouns, end in lus in the genitive singular of all genders, and in -I in the dative: alius, alia, aliud, another. nullus, -a, -um, no one, none, no. solus, -a, -um, alone, sole. totus, -a, -um, whole. ullus, -a, -um, any. unus, -a, -um, one, alone. alter, altera, alterum, the other of two. neuter, neutra, neutrum, neither of two. uter, utra, utrum, which of 'two ? uterque, utraque, utrumque, each of two, both. II. Declension. SINGULAR. M. F. N. Nom. alius alia aliud Gen. alius alius alius Dat. alii alii alii Ace. alium aliam aliud Abl. alio alia alio . Voc. (alius alia aliud) The plural is regular. 126. TABLE OF MEANINGS. alius . . . alius, one, . . . another. alius . . . aliud, one one thing . . . another another* alter , , . alter, the one, the other. LESSON XXL 65 127. 1. Multi erant nuntii, atque eorum alius aliud nuntiabat. 2. Alii ad portam castrorum, alii ad impedimenta, pro- peraverunt. 3. Neutra hiberna in loco idoneo a legatis conlocata sunt. 4. Alii telum, alii gladium dabis. 5. Alteri hie equus, alteri ille datus est. 6. Si utroque legato oppidum occupatum erit, neutri oppidi populus frumentum dabit. 7. Multi consilia Galbae legato nuntiabant, sed consilium istius nunti solius fuit gratum. Nulli consilia bona alii nuntii nuntiaverunt. 8. Toti concilio hoc consilium est gratum, sed illud nullis. 9. Alia hiberna in aliis locis Caesar habet, sed in his solis sunt magnae copiae. 10. Aliquis tribunus his viris quosdam captivus dedit. 11. Cul meum gladium dedisti ? Cuidam puero dedi. 128. 1. Some attacked the gate, 1 others the wall. 2. Some messengers announce one (thing), others another. (Express in four words.) 3. Certain (men) seized all the grain in the city. 4. To neither of these children has any one given any gift. (94, sentence 3.) 5. One attacked the camp, the other the town. Both were wounded. 6. He gave javelins to many men, but he gave a sword to one man only. 7. Some men attacked the winter camp in one place, some in another. 8. Both are captives: one of the legate, the other of the tribunes' friend, 1 porta. 66 LESSON XXI. 129. copia pugna silva terra via amicus captivus equus films gladius legatus locus murus numerus nuntius populus tribunus ager vir Mark the pay especial WORD-LIST FOR REVIEW. cUixilium bellum concilium consilium frumentum impedimentum oppidum slgnum studium telum altus, -a, -um barbarus, -a, -um bonus, -a, -um defessus, -a, -um gratus, -a, -um idoneus, -a, -um liber, -a, -um longus, -a, -um magnus, -a, -um multus, -a, -um novus, -a, -um pauci -ae, -a amo, -are, -avi, -atus conloco laboro nuntio occupo oppugno porto pugno supero vulnero (C (I i( (< it it It it it it it it ti it tt a ti tc do, dare, dedi, datus -ne et, atque, -que in a, ab cum non ibi arma sed castra hiberna words whose meanings you do not recollect, and attention to them. LESSON XXII. THIRD DECLENSION. 130. The stem ends in a consonant (either a mute or a liquid (2) ) or in i. MUTE STEMS. Princeps, m., Facultas, f., Dux, m., Caput, n., chief. resources. leader. head. Stem princip- St. facultat- St. due- (2, 3) St. capit- Nom. princeps facultas dux caput Gen. principis facultatis ducis capitis Dat. principl facultatl duel capiti Ace. principem facultatem ducem caput Abl. principe facultate duce capite Voc. (princeps) (facultas) PLURAL. (dux) (caput) Nom. principes facultates duces capita Gen. principum facultatum ducum cap i turn Dat. principibus facultatibus ducibus capitibus Ace. principes facultates duces capita Abl. principibus facultatibus ducibus capitibus Voc. (principes) (facultates) (duces) (capita) a. To find the stem, drop the ending of the genitive singular. b. Observe that the last vowel in the stem is sometimes changed in forming the nominative. No rule can be given for this change. 67 68 LESSON XXII. c. Notice that neuters have the accusative and nomi= native alike. Is this true of neuter nouns in the second declension ? d. Decline also rex, regis, m., king; lapis, lapidis, m., stone; eques, equitis, m., horseman; comes, comitis, m., companion; pax, pads, f. , peace. e. Decline together ille princeps, miles bonus, id caput. 131. ALLIED WORDS. Some of the words in the following list have come directly from Latin words. Some come from the Latin through the French in the lists given later. As far as possible analyze the English word, removing prefixes or endings and noting their meanings. Then find the allied Latin word, which should be one of those already memorized. Then give the meaning, (i) of the Latin word, (2) of the English word. Agriculture Bellicose Territory Unpopular Amicable Multiform Studious 132. Licinius atque Claudius. Olim Licinius, qui magnus erat princeps, oppidum oppug- nabat. Multi milites, pedites equitesque, ei erant. In eo oppido fuit Claudius, rex, cum populo, — viris, mulieribus, liberisque. Diu hoc oppidum, in quo Claudius fuit rex, ille princeps cum militibus occupare temptabat, nam in eo fuit magna praeda, et arma et frumentum. Sed cum virtute milites oppidi pro mulieribus liberisque pugnabant. Por- tam oppidi magno studio peditibus Licinius occupare temptavit. In muro telis rex atque milites oppidi pugna- verunt. Deinde signum datum est atque subito eos pedites principis Licini qui in porta pugnabant milites Claudi superare temptaverunt. Multos milites vulneraverunt, atque pauci interfecti sunt. Multi pedites Licini, defessi, supera- bantur. Id principi equitum nuntiatum est, atque cum LESSON XXII. 69 equitibus auxilium Licinio dedit. Diu fortiter cum Claudio pugnabant. Licini equus niger vulneratus est, sed a prin- cipe equitum alius equus ei datus est. Claudium regem Licinius princeps vidit, et eum telo vulnerare temptavit. Claudius gladio caput Licini vulneravit. Turn victoria erat regi, nam Licini milites fuga se servare temptaverunt. Licinius ipse paucis equitibus in silvam portatus est, et ita servatus est. 133. WORD-LIST, miles, militis, m., soldier. princeps, principis, m., a eques, equitis, m., horse- leader, chief. man. temptd, -are, -avi ,-atus, pedes, peditis, m., foot- to try. soldier. 134. Then (99, N. 2) Claudius, rejoicing, 1 with a few horsemen hastily 2 tried to seize the baggage of the soldiers of Licinius. But at the place where 3 the bag- gage had been placed there were a few foot-soldiers of Licinius. Their leader saw Claudius and said to the soldiers, " That man is a chief, for he has a good horse and good weapons. I will give many gifts to the man who will attack and wound him." He gave the signal of battle. They eagerly attacked Claudius and his horsemen. 1 laetus, -a, -um. 2 celeriter. s ubi. LESSON XXIII. THIRD DECLENSION. 135. MUTE STEMS.— Continued. miles, m., soldier. virtus, f., manliness. pes, m.yfoot. Stem milit- St. virtut- St. ped- SINGULAR. Nom. miles virtus pes Gen. militis virtutis pedis Dat. militl virtutl pedl Ace. militem. virtutem pedem Abl. milite virtute pede Voc. (miles) (virtus) PLURAL. (pes) Nom. milites virtutes pedes Gen. militum virtutum pedum Dat. militibus virtutibus pedibus Ace. milites virtutes pedes Abl. militibus virtutibus pedibus Voc. (milites) (virtutes) (pedes) a. Decline also obses, obsidis, m., hostage ; pedes, pedi- tis, m. , foot-soldier ; grex, gregis, m.,Jlock, herd ; civitas, Clvitatis, f., stale (body of citizens). b. Decline together pes defessus ; ille obses ; haec virtus. 70 LESSON XXIII. n 136. EXAMPLES. Homo studio laudatur, The man is praised on account of (because of) his eagerness. Eques a rege virtute laudabitur, The horseman will be praised by the king for his bravery. Miles longo itinere est defessus, The Ablative of cause. soldier is tired with the long ?narch. a. Notice that the ablatives studio, virtute, itinere, denote the cause. b. Notice the number of expressions the English has to denote cause. Are there other expressions besides the three given here? 137. Rule. Cause may be expressed by the ablative. a. By what ? Why ? How ? By whom ? Can the ablative case answer all of these questions ? 138. ALLIED WORDS. Copious Magnify Novel Liberate Multiple Occupation Paucity 139. i. Quis illi militi virtute gladium dabit? Gladius ei virtute ab hoc principe dabatur. 2. Princeps virtute et magna fortuna quern vulnerabat? Equitem vulneravit, cuius equus frumenti. inopia laborabat. 3. Eis arnicis Marci qui magna virtute pugnant inopia frumenti est. 4. Princeps qui bona fortuna pugnaverat virtute regem superabat. 5. Milites qui erant in hac parte murl inopia gladiorum celeriter interfecti sunt. 6. In idoneo loco magnam partem impedimentorum conlocaverit. 7. Equi pedem vulnerare temptabo. 8. Bona fortuna gladio eius non vulnerabatur. 72 LESSON XXIII. 9. Inopia equorum in his hibernis magnam partem impedi- mentorum conlocaverat. 10. Equi longa via erant defessi atque pedes lapidibus vulnerabuntur. 11. Magna fortuna milites qui hanc partem castrorum oppugnabant non vulnerabantur. 12. Parti defessorum equitum frumentum non erit. 13. Huic puero non est bona fortuna. 14. Virtute equitum huius terrae magnam partem occu- paveras. 15. Equi frumenti et aquae inopia laborant. 140. WORD-LIST. virtus, virtutis, f., manli- inopia, inopiae, lack. ness, bravery. fortuna, -ae, luck, chance, pes, pedis, m.,/00/. sometimes fate. pars, partis, {., part, hence region, place, direction. Declined like hostis, 147. 141. Licinius and Claudius. — Concluded. The footmen attacked the horsemen of Claudius. They tried to wound the horses with their javelins; then ' with their swords attacked the men whose horses had been wounded. By a strange chance a javelin wounded both 2 the foot of Claudius and (his) horse. The horsemen tried to help him, but they were few, and many footmen eagerly attacked them. Thus they were overcome. Then (99, N. 2) the footmen assaulted Claudius. "Give up (your) sword, for 3 you are a captive.' " Never, " 4 said b Claudius, "will I, who have over- come Licinius, be the captive of his footmen.' He fought with great bravery with his sword, but they attacked him with javelins. Thus he was killed. 8 1 deinde. s See et in vocabulary. 3 nam. 4 numquam. 6 dixit. 6 interfectus est. LESSON XXIV. 142. THIRD DECLENSION LIQUID STEMS. homo, m., labor, m., pater, m., exsul, m, man. labor. father. exu Stem homin- St. labor- St. patr- St. ezsul SlNGULAR. Nom. homo labor pater exsul Gen. hominis laboris patris exsulis Dat. homini labor! patrl exsuli Ace. hominem laborem patrem exsulem Abl. homine lab 6 re patre exsule Voc. (homo) (labor) (pater) (exsul) Plural. Nom. homines labores patres exsules Gen. hominum laborum patrum exsulum Dat. hominibus laboribus patribus exsulibus Ace. homines labores patres exsules Abl. hominibus laboribus patribus exsulibus Voc. (homines) (labores) (patres) (exsules) Htus, n., opus, n., coast. work. Stem litor- Stem oper- 13 74 LESSON XXIV • Singular. Nom. litus opus Gen. litoris operis Dat. litori operi Ace. litus opus Abl. litore opere Voc. (litus) (opus) Plural. Nom. litora opera Gen. litorum - operum Dat. litoribus operibus Ace. litora opera Abl. litoribus operibus Voc. (litora) (opera) a. What is the ending of the Nominative and Accusative neuter plural ? What is the ending in these cases of the neuter nouns of the second declension ? b. Decline also flumen, fluminis, n., river; agmen, ag- minis, n., a marching body of troops; tempus, temporis, n., time; regio 4 regionis, f., region; f rater, fratris, m., brother. ALLIED WORDS. Portable Principal Renovate 143. Hibernate Location Impediment Temptation Virility 144. Miles et Tribunus. Oppidum oppugnabatur. Aliquis miles cuius pes vulne- ratus erat ex pugna ab amico portabatur. Eius caput lapis ex ballista quae in muro oppidi erat abripit, sed hoc amicus non vidit. Ei tribunus dixit, " Cur militem qui interfectus est portas ? " "Non interfectus est," amicus dixit. "Pes eius vulneratus est." " Stultissime !■" tribunus respondit, " caput ei non est." Turn amicus hoc vidit. " Tribune, > » lesson xxiv. 75 dixit, " verum nuntias. Non stultus tamen sum, nam hie miles ipse mihi nuntiavit, ' Meum pedem telum vulneravit.' Hannibal et ScTpio. — I. Diu Carthago in Africa magnum oppidum erat, atque multas terras secundis bellis occupaverat. Roma erat oppi- dum ad flumen Tiberim atque multos populos Italiae Ro- mani superaverant. Homines summo studio belli erant. In primo bello cum hominibus Carthaginis Romani paene superati sunt, sed summo studio consilioque tandem victoria eis fuit. Pater Hannibalis, homo summo consilio, qui Ha- milcar appellatus est, did in Siciiia cum Romanis pugnabat. Deinde in Hispania proeliis secundis barbaros homines oppugnavit. 145. WORD-LIST. homo, hominis, m. (and f.), flumen, fluminis, n., river, man (sometimes mankind). summus, -a, -um, greatest, annus, anni, m.,year. highest. proelium, proeli, battle. ad, prep, with ace. to, at. 146. REGULUS. The people of Rome were very skilful in war, and fought with the people of Carthage in many battles. In the first war with Carthage, Regulus, a Roman chief, with (his) soldiers was defeated in a battle at a place near Carthage. But after x four years the men of Carthage were defeated by the Romans in Sicily. Then the chiefs of Carthage said, 2 " Regulus, the cap- tive Roman, shall be an envoy to Rome. Because he is a captive, peace (130. d) will be pleasing to him, for if 3 there be peace he will be free." 1 post. 2 dixerunt. 3 si. LESSON XXV. THIRD DECLENSION.-CONTINUED. 147. STEMS IN 1. collis, m., hostis, m., mare, n., Ml. Stem colli- enemy. St. hosti- sea. St. mari- [SINGULAR. Nom. collis hostis mare Gen. collis hostis maris DAT. colli host! marl Ace. collem hostem mare Abl. colli, -e hoste marl Voc. (collis) (hostis) PLURAL. (mare) Nom. coiles hostes maria Gen. collium hostium Dat. collibus hostibus maribus Ace. collis, -es hostis, -es maria Abl. collibus hostibus maribus Voc. (coiles) (hostes) (maria) a. How do the declensions of collis and stems in i. hostis differ ? The most common of the nouns declined like collis are finis, end ; ignis, fire ; civis, citizen. b. Nouns having i-stems are marked in the vocabulary, thus, finis, -is (fini-). c. Decline also latus, lateris, n. , side (cp. latus, -a, -urn); multitudo, -inis, f., multitude ; pars, partis (parti-), f., 76 LESSON XXV. 11 part; rupes, rupis (rupi-), f., rock, cliff ; vallis, vallis (valli-), valley. 148. EXAMPLES. Marcus miles fuit magna virtute, | Marcus was a soldier Marcus miles fuit magnae virtutis, j of great bravery. Italia est terra multis urbibus, ] Italy is a land with Italia est terra multarum urbium, J many cities. a. Notice that in these sentences the ablative or genitive is used with an adjective to describe Marcus or Italia. 149. Rule. A person or thing may be de- scribed by the ablative or the genitive of a Descri P* ive Abla " J ° tive op Genitive. noun, if an adjective be used with the noun. a. The noun must be limited by an adjective. That is, it is incorrect to say in Latin, as we do in English, "a man of courage," or "a man of wealth." Some adjective must be used : ' ' a man of great courage, " ' ' of abundant wealth. ' ' 150. ALLIED WORDS. Altitude Auxiliary Depopulate Innumerable Armory Bonus Filial Legation 151. Hannibal et Scipio. — II. Scipio Romanus et Hannibal pueri annis 1 paucis cum patri- bus fuerunt in proeliis, hie in Italia, ille in Hispania. Fuerunt summae virtutis. Scipio, adulescens XVII annorum, patrem in proelio ad Ticinum fluraen servavit. Hannibal, adulescens non XX annis cum patre oppida in Hispania oppugnavit. Multis cum hominibus, peditibus equitibusque, per Galliam, terram magnis cum silvis fluminibusque altis ivit atque Romanos in Italia oppugnavit. Cum patre Scipionis ad flumen Ticinum pugnavit. In proelio ad locum qui Cannae appellatus est LXX milia militum magnusque numerus prin- ! See 145. 78 LESSON XXV. cipum Romanorum interfecti sunt. Tamen Romani summa virtute non superati sunt. Post annds Villi Hasdrubal, frater Hannibalis, ei auxilium dare temptabat, et multis cum hominibus per Galliam ad Italiam ivit. Prope flumen Metaurum a Romanis interfectus est. Caput eius ad Hannibalem portatus est. " O Carthago, tuam fortunam video ! ' ' dixit. Ei turn auxilium non erat. Scipio post annds III Africam occupare temptavit. Hannibal ad Africam ivit atque in proelio ad Zamam superatus est. 152. REGULUS. — Continued. But Regulus loved Rome, for he told the Romans, i i The men of Carthage are weary of the war and have a great lack of resources. Peace (130, d) will be accept- able to them. Attack them zealously, for in this way they will be conquered." His friends told him, "We will do this. But do not give yourself 1 up to the men of Carthage. ' But he told them, " This advice is not good. I am a captive and the ambassador of the chiefs of Carthage. I will give myself 2 up to them, for (141, N. 3) a man of the greatest manliness will not be false 3 even 4 to (his) enemies. ' ' He went back to the city (153) Carthage, and was killed (141, N. 5) by the men of Carthage. 1 te. ' me. 3 falsus, -a, -um. 4 etiam. LESSON XXVI. THIRD DECLENSION. 53. STEMS IN 1. — Contin ued. mons, m., urbs, f., nox, f., mountain. city. night. Stem monti- urbi- SINGULAR. nocti- (cp. 2, 3) Nom. mons urbs nox Gen. montis urbis noctis Dat. monti urbl nocti Ace. montem urbem noctem .ri.BL. monte urbe nocte Voc. (mons) (urbs) PLURAL. (nox) Nom. montes urbes noctes Gen. montium urbium noctium Dat. montibus urbibus noctibus Ace. montis, -es urbis, -es noctis, -es Abl. montibus urbibus noctibus Voc. (montes) (urbes) (noctes) a. Decline cliens, clientis, m., a dependent ; arx, arcis, f. , a citadel. b. Decline together parva urbs, small city; animal mag- num, large animal; nigra nubes, black cloud; haec arx, this citadel; illud mare, that sea. 79 8o LESSON XXVI. 154. To i-stems belong : Nouns in -is and -es which have the same number of syllables in the genitive as in the nominative, as rupes, civis. Neuters in -e, -al, -ar, as mare, animal. Most nouns in -ns and -rs, as cliens, cohors. Many monosyllables in s or x following a consonant, as mons, arx. 155. EXAMPLE. Oppidum oppugnare temptavit, He tried to take the town. a. In this sentence the infinitive is used as in English. This construction has been freely used in pre- j. . Complementary ceding exercises. infinitive. The infinitive used thus (as complement), to complete the meaning of a verb, is called the Comple= mentary Infinitive. b. Its position is immediately before the verb. The pupil should train himself to group an infinitive which immediately precedes a finite verb with the verb, treating the two as nearly as possible as though they were a single word. 156. ALLIED WORDS. Magnate Pedestrian Prince Viaduct Pedal Pugnacity Sylvan Captivity 157. Proelium cum Helvetiis. — I. Helvetii, barbari homines Galliae, terram Aeduorum occu- pare temptaverunt. Quoniam haec terra est prope illam partem Galliae quae Provincia appellabatur, Caesar qui Pro- vinciae erat princeps cum Helvetiis pugnavit. Diu Caesar eos oppugnare non temptabat, tamen prope agmen Helvetiorum agmen eius erat. Tandem a Bibracte, magno oppido Aeduorum, non longe agmina a-fuerunt. LESSON XXVI. 8 1 Ad eum locum Caesar cum legionibus properavit, nam ibi copia frumenti erat. Id principibus Helvetiorum nuntiatum est. Dixerunt, " Fuga nonne est? In agmen legionum eius properabimus. Facilis victoria militibus nostris erit." Ad novissimum agmen Caesaris properaverunt multosquc vulnerabant. Pauci interfecti sunt. Copias Caesar in colletll qui prope erat conlocavit. In hoc loco legiones IV, sed in summo colle II novas legiones atque omnia auxilh impedimentaque conlocavit. Helvetii celeriter legiones qui in colle erant oppugnave- runt. Romani e loco superiore facile Helvetios perturbave- runt ; deinde gladiis milites legionum eos oppugnaverunt. Tandem defessi Helvetii ad altum collem qui non longe ab-erat se receperunt. Ad hunc collem milites Caesaris properabant. 158. WORD-LIST. legio, legionis, f. , a division of the Roman army, containing from jooo to 6000 men. agmen, agminis, n., army on the march, a marching column. collis, collis, m., hill. — summus collis, lop cf a hill. quoniam, because. 159. The Helvetians were a people who were eager for war, and very brave. Their land was not acceptable to them, because there were many high mountains in it. They attacked the peoples of Gaul and tried to seize their land. But the Haedui were friends of the Roman people, and told Caesar by messenger, " If (146, N. 3) you do not give (us) help we will be over- come by the Helvetians. ' Because of this which the Haedui had told him Caesar with (his) legions gave help to the Gauls who were attacked by the Helve- tians. / LESSON XXVII. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 160. acer, eager, keen. SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. F. N. M. F. N. Nom. acer acris acre acres acres acria Gen. acris acris acris acrium acrium acrium DAT. acrl acrl acrl acribus acribus acribus Ace. acrem acrem acre acris, -es acris, es acria Abl. acrl acrl acrl acribus acribus acribus Voc. (acer) (acris) (acre) (acres) (acres) (acria) Like acer decline celer, celeris, celere, swift. 161. i. A clause is any part of a sentence containing a sub- ject, a verb, and usually an object. Sometimes one or more of these are not expressed if they can be easily supplied. 2. The main clause or clauses of a sentence are those which, if used alone, would be grammatically complete (or make complete sense). If there are two or more main clauses they are united by such conjunctions as et, atque, sed, tamen. 3. The main verb of a sentence is the verb of its main clause. Sometimes there are several main ver u s Principal and Sub- , ordinate Clause*. 4. A subordinate clause is a clause m its meaning modifying some other clause in the same sentence. 82 LESSON XXV 11. 83 Such clauses are introduced by relative pronouns (who, which, etc.), or by subordinate particles. a. These definitions are not without exceptions, but will probably be found exact enough for all practical purposes. b. The Latin usually has only one main clause in each sentence. English usage is very different from the Latin in this respect. c. In the following example the main clause is printed in small captals : sed inter hunc collem ad quern legiones properabant atque locum in quo primum pugnaverant erant mult! boiT et tulingi, mIlites qui in novissimo agmine hostis fuerant. 162. 1. As a rule modifying words or clauses come before the word modified. This is the opposite of the English order, except with adjectives: Summae virtutis homo, A man of the greatest courage. Prope flumen Metau- rum a Romanis interfectus est, He was order of Words. killed near the river Metaurus by the Romans. 2. The emphatic or important words come toward the first. 3. The verb, excepting sum, comes at the end of its clause. Exceptions to this rule are very rare. 163. ALLIED WORDS- Devious Equine Homicide Magnitude Equestrian Flume Liberality Multiplicand 164. Proelium cum HelvetiTs. — II. Sed inter hunc collem ad quern legiones properabant atque locum in quo primum pugnaverant, erant multi Boii et Tulingi, milites qui in novissimo agmine hostis fuerant. Hi summo studio legiones oppiignaverunt. Turn reliqui hostes, qui in alto colle erant, rursus cum Romanis piignare pro- peraverunt. Hos II partes legionum resistebant; cum illis tertia pars pugnavit. In hoc loco did hostis pugnabat. 84 LESSON XXVll. Tandem rnulti Helvetii rursus in collem, reliqui ad impedi- menta, se receperunt. Hunc proelium ab hora septima ad noctem pugnatum est. Ad multam noctem ad impedimenta pugnabant. Tandem castra hostis a legionibus capta sunt. Reliqui Helvetii in fuga ex-iverunt atque post tertiam noctem in Lingones agmen ivit. Propter Caesaris nuntios frumentum eis Lingones non dabant. Frumenti inopia legati ex hostibus ad Caesarem iverunt ; obsides armaque ei dederunt. Sed postquam obsides dati erant, multi e castris ex-iverunt atque ad Rhenum flumen properaverunt. Celeriter hi capti sunt. Reliqui Helvetii et Tulingi in terram suam rursus iverunt, postquam magnum numerum obsidum dede- rant. Horum obsidum multi filii principum erant. Aedui reliquis Boiis agros dederunt. 165. WORD-LIST. nox, noctis, f. , night. reliquus, -a, -um, remaining , hostis, hostis, m. and f., the rest of . enemy. propero, -are, -avi, -atus, obses, obsidis, m. and f., to hasten, hurry. hostage, a person held as a pledge for the performance of a treaty* 166. Caesar's First Fight with the Helvetians. The river Arar . flows ' through 2 the lands of the Haedui and Sequani. It is told Caesar, " Three 3 parts of the forces .of the Helvetians have crossed 4 the river. ' ' He hastens from the camp with three legions to that portion of their forces which has not crossed the river. He attacks this part, to which the rest of the Helvetians, because they have crossed the river, give no help. Thus a great number of the Helvetians are over- come by the Roman soldiers. 1 influit. 3 per. 3 tres. 4 trans-lverunt. 85 English Miles 86 m THE SCENE caesar's camr AGAINST POMPE o, 1 1 1 — . — .50 English Miles 87 LESSON XXVIII. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION.-CONTINUED. 167. facilis, easy. Stem facili-. SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. and F. N. M. and F. N. Nom. facilis facile faciles facilia Gen. facilis facilis facilium facilium Dat. facili facili facilibus facilibus Ace. facilem facile facilis, -es facilia Abl. facili facili facilibus facilibus Voc. (facilis facile) (faciles facilia) levis, light, nimt hie. Stem levi-. Nom. levis leve leves levia Gen. levis levis levium levium Dat. lev! lev! levibus levibus Ace. levem leve levis, -es levia Abl. lev! lev! levibus levibus Voc. (levis leve) velox, (leves swift. levia) Nom. velox velox veloces velocia Gen. velocis velocis velocium velocium Dat. veloci veloci velocibus velocibus Ace. velocem velox velocis, -es velocia Abl. veloci, -e veloci, -e velocibus velocibus Voc. (velox velox) (veloces velocia) 88 LESSON XXVUL 89 sapiens, wise. Nom. sapiens sapiens sapientes sapientia Gen. sapientis sapientis sapientium sapientium DAT. sapient! sapient! sapientibus sapientibus Ace. sapientem sapiens sapientis, -es sapientia Abl. sapient!, -e sapient!, -e sapientibus sapientibus Voc. (sapiens sapiens) (sapientes sapientia) a. Adjectives declined like acer (160) are called adjec- tives of three terminations ; those declined like facilis or levis, adjectives of two terminations ; those declined like velox and sapiens, adjectives of one termination. b. Notice that adjectives of three terminations (like acer) and of two terminations (like facilis) have only -i in the ablative singular. 168. Equinox Hostile Littoral Reliquary Renovation Virtuous Hints for Reading. ALLIED WORDS. Omnibus Partial Popularity 169. Learn to unite A genitive with the nearest noun or pro- noun. A preposition with its noun. The noun follows the preposition. Adjectives with words in the same cases. An infinitive which immediately precedes a verb with the verb. a. Words composing such groups are united by hyphens ( - ) in portions of this lesson, and of some following lessons, as an aid to the pupil in learning to group the words. 170. Caesar atque Classis Pompei. introduction. Caesar first made his reputation as a general after 90 LESSON XXVIU. he had gone from Rome to govern the province of Gaul. Rome was then ruled by a senate whose mem- bers came almost entirely from a few families of rank. When Caesar became governor he ruled little more than a strip of land along the Mediterranean and the valley of the Po, or Padus, in modern Italy. In six years he had conquered all of Gaul, the land now called France. His " Gallic Wars' (the "Caesar' studied in schools) describes these campaigns. By an almost endless number of battles and marches he drilled and perfected an army probably finer than any the world had thus far seen. The senate at Rome at that time ruled almost all of the nations whom the Romans considered civilized. The senators knew that Caesar was ambitious to destroy their power and rule in their place. Cicero, some of whose orations are usually studied after ' ' Caesar, ' ' was one of their leaders. Now that Gaul had been conquered they feared that Caesar would attack them. They turned to Pompey, or Pompeius, who was considered the greatest general of the time, refused to grant what Caesar wished, and began to enroll soldiers throughout Italy. But Caesar, entering Italy, burst upon them so suddenly that the recruits had scarcely time to gather before they were compelled to surren- der to his advancing army. Pompey and his friends went to Brundisium, and thence sailed to Greece. Here they were unmolested for a whole year, for Caesar had no fleet and thought it the best course first to invade Spain and subdue an army which opposed him there. When at last he returned to fight with Pompey his first difficulty was to transport his army by sea from Brundisium to Epirus in the face of Pom- pey's fleet. The risks he took in doing this are told in the following account, adapted from his ' ' Civil Wars." LESSON XXl/III. 9 1 I. Pompeius, quoniam anni - spatium sine - hello - atque - hoste ei fuerat, magnas - copias paraverat. Ex - omni- bus - regionibus ad - litora magnam - classem paraverat. Magna - pecunia ei ab - Asia, 1 - Syria, - regibusque - omni- bus, - et - liberis - Graeciae - populis data - est ; magnam homines - earum - omnium - regionum, quarum ipse prin- ceps erat, ei dederant. Legiones ei erant civium - Roma- norum Villi, una ex - Cilicia veterana, una ex - Creta - et - Macedonia ex - veteranis - militibus, qui in - his - regioni- bus agros - atque - pecuniam habebant ; II ex - Asia. Cum - Scipione ex - Syria legiones III properare - parabant. Sagittarios ex Syria reliquisque regionibus III milia habuit, equitumque VII milia. Ex quibus ad numerum D princeps ex Thracia dederat ; ex Macedonia CC erant, quorum princeps summa virtute fuit ; D ex Alexandria, Gallos Germanosque, qui ibi ad regem fuerant, Pompei filius classe portaverat. Frumenti copiam magnam ex Asia, Creta, reliquisque regi- onibus paraverat, quae Classe ad lltus Epiri portabantur. Ad omnia litora Epiri cum legionibus Pompeius ivit, quae regio est prope Italiam, ubi Caesaris copiae conlocatae sunt. Classem quae in omnibus litoribus parata erat, ad litora Epiri conlocavit. Princeps omnis huius classis erat Bibulus. 171. WORD-LIST. classis, classis, {., fleet. lltus, litoris, n., coast. regio, regionis, f., direction, paro, -are, -avi, -atus, to region. prepare. omnis, omne, alL 172. POMPEY. Cnaeus Pompeius had fought in many lands. In Italy (when) a young man (i.e. of few years) he had 1 See Map I for the places mentioned in this paragraph. 9 2 LESSON XXVlll. given help to Sulla, a great Roman general, 1 against 2 the legions which he was attacking. Very many Romans were killed by Sulla, who gave their lands to his soldiers. But he was the friend of Pompey. " You are," he had told him, '* Pompeius the Great." In Africa Pompey defeated the enemies of Sulla. In Spain he fought with Sertorius successfully (in success- ful battles), a chief of great skill and daring. In Italy five thousand slaves, 3 who had been fighting with the Romans and were hastening into Gaul, were overcome by him. Because of all these successful wars he was loved by the Roman people. 1 imperator. contra. servus. LESSON XXIX. 173. EXAMPLES. Prima luce ad castra properaverunt, At daybreak they hastened to the camp. Nocte in fuga ex-iverunt, They departed inflight by flight. His decern annis multas terras oppugnavit, Within these ten years he has attacked many lands. Notice that the ablatives in these sen- Ablative of Time. tences answer the question when ? or, within what time ? 174. Rule. — Time when, or within which, is ex- pressed by the ablative. 175. ALLIED WORDS. Magnate Numerical Pedestrian Navy Paucity Principal Nocturnal Pedal Virile Principality 176. Caesar atque Classis Pompei. — II. Caesar ex - Roma ad - oppidum - Brundisium hoc - tem- pore venit. Ad - hunc - locum legitimes - XII, equitesque - omnes iverunt. Magna ei fuit navium - inopia, tamen mili- tibus ita dixit ; " Quoniam prope estis ad - finem - laborum - atque - periculorum, in - Italia impedimenta conlocate, omnia ex - victoria sperate, atque cum - Pompeio for- titer pugnare - parate." Hieme, cum - VII - legionibus, 93 94 LESSON XXIX. naves solvit, quarum longae - naves XII erant. Brevi - tempore ad - terram - Epiri venit, atque ad - eum - locum, qui Palaeste appellabatur, ex - omnibus - navibus milites ex-iverunt. Id principibus Pompei classis nuntiatum est. Magna erat Bibuli classis, nam prope Palaestem naves CXXVIII conlocatae erant. Acer erat Bibulus, sed Caesaris consilio superatus erat. Celeriter naves solvit, atque Caesaris XXX naves, quae rursus ad oppidum Brundisium properare tempta- bant, omnes incendit, atque hoc igni qui in navibus erant interfecti sunt. Turn omne litus classibus hieme occupavit. 177 navis, navis, f., ship. WORD-LIST. 178. Pompey. — Continued. The men of Cilicia with their fleets attacked the ships of the Romans along 1 all parts of the coast. At that time grain was brought to Rome by ship from Africa and Sicily. Because of these fleets there was a great lack of grain in Rome. The Roman people gave five hun- dred ships to Pompey. With this fleet he attacked the enemy, who surpassed him in number of ships. But be- cause they had not stationed all of these ships in one (125) place, many of them in a short time were killed. The rest retreated a to Cilicia and Crete. Pompey attacked their towns in Cilicia, which were given (up) to him. 2 se receperunt in. LESSON XXX. SECOND CONJUGATION. E-VERBS. Moneo (stem mone-) advise. Principal parts, moneo, monere, monui, monitus. 179. Learn the present, imperfect and future indicative, and the present imperative and infinitive, active and passive, of moneo (481). a. Compare the forms of moneo with those of amo. How do they differ? b. Why is it a help in inflecting moneo to remember that its stem ends in e? 180. 1. Monent, monebant, monebunt. 2. Monetur, monebatur, monebitur. 3. Monet, monebat, monebit. 4. Monentur, monemur, monemini. 5. Moneor, monemus, monebimus. 6. Monebuntur, mone, monere. 7. Mone- bimur, monebantur, moneri. 8. Monebo, monebamur, monete. 9. Monebam, monebar, monebamus. 10. Mune- bor, moneo. 181. Like moneo inflect in both voices habeo, have; tened, hold; prohibeo, keep away. 2. ALLIED WORDS. Annual Multiform Sylvan Habit Naval Territory Itinerary Prince Urban 95 9 6 LESSON XXX. 183. Caesar atque Classis Pompei. — III. Eo tempore in Candavia Pompeius erat, iter que e Mace- donia ad urbes Apolloniam Dyrrhachiumque habebat. Quo- niam a Caesare litus occupabatur magnis itineribus ad urbem Apolloniam properavit. Sed ille postqnam cum mllitibus e navibus ex-ivit, ad oppidum Oricum celeriter iter habebat, cuius oppidi Graeci se atque oppidum ei in deditionem de- derunt. Celeriter ad urbem Apolloniam iter habebat. Id Staberio, qui ibi legatus Pompei erat, nuntiabatur. Aquam in arcem portavit atque obsides e populo urbis petivit. Sed quoniam ii ei non dati sunt, fugit ex urbe Staberius. Ad Caesarem legati ex hac urbe et e regionibus quae prope erant venerunt atque omnia in deditionem ei dederunt. Turn ad urbem Dyrrhachium properare temptavit. Sed Pompeius a - nuntiis monebatur, atque ad - urbem - Dyrrhachium etiam nocte magnis - itineribus properavit. Caesare milites - eius perterrebantur, multique qui homines - Epiri erant e - signis ex-iverunt. Sed prope - Dyrrhachium princeps Labienus venit et iuravit, "Fidus per - omnia ero." Hoc reliqui - legati - tribunique - militum atque omnes - milites iiiraverunt. Ad - urbem primus Pompeius venit, atque ita ab - hac - urbe cum - regionibus quae prope erant Caesarem prohibebat. 184. iter, itineris, n. march, journey. urbs, urbis, f., city. 185. WORD-LIST. a road, a habeo, habere, habui, habi- tus, to have. Labienus. Labienus was a man of great bravery and skill in war. (As) lieutenant of Caesar he had fought against (172, n. 2) the Helvetians. In a battle with the Ner- vii he with two legions attacked and seized the camp of the enemy, and then quickly (134, n. 2) gave help LESSON XXX. 97 to Caesar, who was with two legions whose soldiers had become terrified and were almost 1 overcome. In many battles he was faithful to Caesar, but after 2 the latter had conquered the Gauls, because he attacked Pompey, Labienus fought against him in four great battles, and was killed in the battle which was fought at the town Munda, in the country (of) Spain. 1 paenc. 2 postquam. LESSON XXXI. 186. SECOND CONJUGATION.-CONTINUED. Learn the perfect, pluperfect and future perfect indicative, active and passive, of moneo. (481.) 187. t. Monui, monitus sum. 2. Monuit, monuerat, monu- erit. 3. Monitus erit, monuerint. 4. Monueram, monu- eris, monuerunt. 5. Monuisti, monueras, monuisse. 6. Monitus eram, monitus est, monitus esse. 7. Monita erat, monita es. 188. a. Compare the forms amabas, portabamus, nuntiabat, tenebam, monebant. To what tense do they belong, and to what conjugations ? If we remove the per- sonal endings (76), amaba-, portaba-, nunti- aba-, teneba-, moneba- are left. Notice ba, found in them all. What does ba mean ? It is called the tense sign of the imperfect tense. Why is it given this name? b. Has the future tense any tense sign ? 189. ALLIED WORDS. Itinerate Habitual Pugnacity Tenable Urbane Nave Prohibition Renovate Temporal Virility 190. Caesar et Classis Pompei. — IV. In order that the pupil may acquire the habit of noting the endings, they are printed in heavy-faced type in parts of this and the following lesson. 98 LESSON XX XL 99 Caesar sua castra ad flumen Apsum conlociivit, et ibi reli- quas ex Italia legiones exspectabat Pompeius in castris trans flumen Apsum suas copias omnes auxiliaque tenebat, sed frumentum Caesaris prohibere temptabat. Interim CalenUS legatUS qui cum reliquis legionibus equi- tibusque in urbe Brundisio erat naves quas habebat solvit. Bona fortuna brevi tempore navis quae nuntios ex Caesare portabat ad eum venit. Nuntii monebant, "Omnia litora classibus Pompei tenentur." Se in urbem omnibus cum suis navibus recepit. Una ex his navibus, in qua nulli miliies erant, non se recepit atque a Bibulo capta est. Omnes in ea ad unum interfecti sunt. Legatus Pompei, Li bo, ab oppido Orico ex-ivit cum classe cuius princeps erat, C navium, ad urbem Brundisium insu- lamque, quae contra urbem est, occupavit. Non magnum numerum navium incendit, et multos milites Caleni perterre- bat. Nocte eius milites atque sagittarii in terram e classe ex-iverunt, et Caleni equites perterrebant. Pompeio per nuntios nuntiavit, "Ipse mea classe auxilia Caesaris prohi- bebo." Ab urbe a legionibus Caleni suae copiae prohi- bebantur, tamen insulam tenebant, sed equitibus quos Antonius, legatus summa virtute, qui eo tempore in urbe erat, per litus conlocaverat, ex aqua prohibebantur. Ino- piae causa aquae Libo ab urbe brevi tempore ex-ivit. Tamen multum - tempus erat et hiems iam prope fuerat, neque ab - urbe - Brundisio naves - legionesque venerunt ad - Caesarem, qui suas- copias in - castris tenebat. Cale- nus non suas - naves solvit quoniam numero - navium Bibulus superabat, atque omnia - litora magno - studio - consilioque tenebat. Ita auxilium a - Caesare prohibere temptabat. 191. WORD-LIST, ex (before a consonant, usu- tempus, temporis, n., time. ally e), Preposition fol- suus, sua, suum, his, their, lowed by Ablative, from. L.ofC. ioo LESSON XXXI. prohibeo, prohibere, prohi- teneo, tenere, tenui, tentus, bui, prohibitus, to keep to hold, keep, away. Often with ex. a. Suus, sua, suum frequently refers to the subject of the sentence. b. For " his" or " their," when the reference is not to the subject, "eius," "edrum," "illius," ' ' illorum, " or the genitive of some similar pronoun is used. For instance : The Gauls attacked the troops of the legate, but their horsemen were easily compelled by his soldiers to retire, Galli copias legati oppugnaverunt, sed SUl equites facile a eius militibus se recipere coacti sunt. Note that SUl agrees with equites in gender, number and case, precisely as an adjective would. 192. The island opposite the town Brundisium was seized by Libo, a lieutenant of Pompey, with his fleet of a hundred ships. Calenus, Caesar's lieutenant, had at this time five legions in the city, and kept Libo away from it; still his soldiers were terrified. There was no water upon the island, and for this reason the soldiers of Libo attempted to carry water from the (main)land to the island. But Antony, a skilful lieutenant and friend of Caesar, stationed horse- men along the coast, who kept them from (securing) water. Because of this Libo soon went away from the island. LESSON XXXI!. 193. EXAMPLES. Galli Romanos consilio non super abant, The Gauls did not surpass the Romans in skill. Haec terra ill! fluminum numero est similis, This coun- try is like that one in the number of its rivers. Galba nomine tantum princeps fuit, Galba was leader only in name. Consilio limits superabant in meaning. In the same way numero and nomine limit similis and prin- ceps. The ablative thus used is called the Ab,a . t i ve ° f K Specification. Ablative of Specification, because it speci- fies in what respect a statement is true. 194. Rule. — The Ablative of Specification is used to point out in what respect a statement is true. 195. ALLIED WORDS. Affiliation Equinoctial Multiply Portable Temptation Armament Liberation Numerous Sum Unpopular 196. Caesar atque Classis Pompei. — V. . Tandem Caesar suos principes qui ad oppidum Brundi- sium erant monuit, " Primo secundo tempore ad litora Epiri properate." Brevl tempore Auster flabat atque naves solverunt. Postquam ex terra Epiri videbantur, Coponius, classis princeps quae erat ad urbem Dyrrachium, eas IOI 102 LESSON XXXII. oppugnare temptavit. Prope venit, sed magna fortuna Auster increbuit, et ita Calenum navesque suas servabat. Lahore nautarum tempestatem superare temptabat. ' ' Brevi tempore, ' ' dixit, ' ' forsitan Auster non ita gravis erit ; turn has naves oppugnabo." Quoniam perterrebantur ad locum Nymphaeum Calenus Antoniusque iverunt, qui locus ab AfricO, sed non ab AustrO, erat tutus. Magnum, eis tempes- tate periculum fuit, sed maxima fortuna Auster in Africum se vertit. Turn Coponius perterrebatur, quoniam ex litore Africo pro- hibebatur. Naves eius ad iinam numero XVI inter-iverunt, et ex magno numero nautarum pars tempestate interfecta est ; pars a militibns Caleni servata est. 197. Calenus, who was at the city Brundisium, at the first opportunity hastened with his fleet to the coast of Epirus. Coponius, the admiral of the fleet of Pompey at the town Dyrrhachium, tried to attack him, but was kept off by the heavy weather. Nevertheless x he ter- rified Calenus, who went to Nymphaeum, a place upon the coast, unprotected from the south wind, which was then blowing. He was for this reason 2 in great peril. But the wind suddenly changed to a north wind, from which he was protected, because he was near 3 the coast, where 4 the hills were high. Thus he disem- barked 5 his troops and set them in camp. 1 tamen. J causa. 3 prope. 4 ubi. 5 See 176, end of first paragraph. 198. LESSON XXXIII. FOURTH DECLENSION. Nouns of this declension ending in -us are masculine ; those ending in -u are neuter. (But see 10, 3, 4.) a. But domus, house, and manus, hand, or band (of men) , are feminine. 199. Cursus, m., a run- Cornu, n., horn, wing ning, speed. (of an army). Singular. Nom. Cursus Cornu Gen. Cursus Cornus Dat. CursUl, -u Cornu Ace. Cursum Cornu Abl. Cursu Cornu Voc. (Cursus) Plural. (Cornu) Nom. Cursus Cornua Gen. Cursuum Cornuum Dat. Cursibus Cornibus Ace. Cursus Cornua Abl. Cursibus Cornibus Voc. (Cursus) (Cornua) 103 104 LESSON XXXIII. a. Domus, house, has also forms of the Second Declen- sion. See 472. b. Decline together magnus exercitus, large army; sua manus, his hand; parvum cornu, small horn. 200. ALLIED WORDS. Habituate Itinerant Multiplication Partiality Prohibit Hostility Locate Militia Populate Suburb 201. Caesar atque Classis Pompei. — VI. Omnes copias Antonius in castris conlocavit, quarum erat summa legiones IV, et equites DCCC, atque id nuntiis Caesari nuntiavit. Sed Caesari longum flumine erat iter, atque Pompeius clam et nocte ex castris quae a flumine Apso erant ad Antonium magnis itineribas venit. In idoneo loco prope castra Antoni copias conlocavit suosque omnes in castris continuit ignesque prohibuit. " Quoniam meos mili-- tes Antonius non videt iter ad Caesarem habebit. Eum in itinere oppugnabo." Ita dixit. Tamen haec per Graecos Antonio nuntiata sunt. Ille per nuntios Caesarem monuit, et in castris suas copias tenebat. Caesar celeriter ad eum venit. Pompeius ex eo loco ex-ivit, omnibusque copiis ad locum Asparigium venit atque ibi idoneo loco castra conlocavit. Caesar prope castra Pompei sua castra conlocavit. FINIS. 202. Caesar was surpassed in number of soldiers by Pompey, still, because he had legions which had fought in many battles against 1 the Gauls, he was not attacked by the latter, very many of whose legions were new. . The friends of Pompey were eager to fight with Caesar. At length their counsel prevailed, and a battle was fought at the place Pharsalia, in Greece. 1 contra. LESSON XXXIII. i°5 203. WORD-LIST FOR REVIEW. fortuna annus ad inopia proelium ex, e quoniam pari), -are, -avi, -atus propero, -are, -avi, -atus tempto, -are, -avi, -atus habeo, habere, habui, habitus prohibeo, prohibere, prohibui, prohibitus teneo, tenere, tenui, tentus reliquus, -a, -urn summus, -a, -um classis collis eques homo hostis labor legio miles navis nox obses pars pes pedes princeps regio urbs virtus 204. Translate these words : obsidum hominum classibus equites legiones itinere militis virtutes parti tempore urbem hostis nocte litoribus suus, -a, -um agmen flumen iter litus tempus omnis, omne regionum laboris principem pede peditis agmina flumine LESSON XXXIV. THIRD CONJUGATION. E VERBS. Rego (stem rege-), rule. Principal Parts, rego, regere, rexi, rectus. 205. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, and the present imperative and infinitive, active and passive, of rego. (482.) a. Compare the forms of rego with those of amo and moneo. Wherein are they alike, and wherein do they differ? Concentrate your attention upon the differences. 206, 1. Regunt, regebant, regent. 2. Regis, regebas, reges. 3. Regitur, regebatur, regetur. 4. Regebantur, regebaris, regebamus. 5. Regeris, regimus, regi. 6. Re- git, reguntur, regeris. 7. Reget, regimur, regere. 8. Regebat, regemus, regite. 9. Regemur, regimini, rege. 207. ALLIED WORDS. Data Magnanimous Tempt Invulnerable Multipliable Tenancy Liberal Omniscient Locality Population 208. Piso Aquitanus. An incident from Caesar's Gallic campaigns. Nostros equites, qui non parati erant, Germanorum equites subito oppugnaverunt. Nostri ad agmen legionum fugerunt. . 106 LESSON XXXIV. 107 In eo proelio cum Germanis ex equitibus nostris interfecti sunt LXXII ; in his vir summa virtute, Piso Aquitanus, cuius avus in sua terra rex fuerat et amicus ab nostro senatu appellatus erat. Hie in proelio fratri, qui ab hostibus superabatur, auxilium dedit, et eum servavit ; sed ipsius equus vulneratus est. Ipse diu fortiter se defendit, sed tandem graviter vulneratus est et ita interfectus est. Id eius frater, quern ille serva- verat, procul vidit : ex equo in hostes unus properavit atque interfectus est. 209. 1 . The cohorts will bravely defend every one who will hasten into their camp. 2. This man's grandfather was king, but he himself will not rule over the people. 3. We shall defend the walls, and you shall bring us the weapons. 4. These Germans will hasten on horseback with the messenger to the winter camp, and will defend him if 1 they are attacked. 5. The horsemen of Caesar are Gauls, whom the Germans easily 2 conquer. If the Gauls shall dare 3 to fight with him, he will defend the lands which he has seized by means of these very Germans whom he is now attacking with the aid of the Gauls. 6. If you are ready, attack the men on the wall. 1 si. 2 facile. 3 audeo. LESSON XXXV. THIRD CONJUGATION-CONTINUED. 210. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative, active and passive, of rego. (482.) a. Compare these forms with the forms of amo and moneo. 211. 1. Rexit, rexerat, rexerit. 2. Rectus erit, rectae erimus, rectus eram. 3. Recta sum, rectum esse, rexerint. 4. Rectus est, recti sumus, rexerant. 5. Rexistis, rexero, rectae estis. 6. Rexerimus, reximus, rectus era 7. Rexi, rexisti. 212. a. Have all the verbs of the first conjugation so far learned, excepting do (dedl), principal parts which are alike ? b. Are teneo (tentus) and its compounds the only verbs of the second conjugation so far learned whose principal parts are unlike those of moneo ? c. How many verbs of the third conjugation can you find whose principal parts are like those of rego ? 213. Belligerent Depart Mediterranean Missive ALLIED WORDS. Missile Navigate Nocturn Numeration Suburban Tenacity 108 LESSON XXX V. 109 214. A Fight around a Hillock. Quo anno Pompeius exercitum classemque parat Caesar cum exercitu in Hispania contra exercitum Afrani, legati Pompei, bellum gerit. Ad urbem Ilerdam proelia gerunt. Est inter hanc urbem et proxiinum collem magnum, ubi castra Afranius habet, parvus collis. Ex urbe Afranius frumentum ad suum exercitum portat. Caesar dicit, "Ad hunc parvum collem cohortes mittam, itaque a frumento exercitus Afrani prohibebitur. " Legi- ones III ex castris mittit, et in idoneis locis prope parvum collem conlocat, quibus ex locis antesignani cursu parvum collem occupare temptant. Sed hoc quae pro castris sunt Afrani cohortes vident, et brevi itinere ad parvum collem celeriter mittuntur. Proelium geritur, et quoniam primo in parvum collem Afrani cohortes contendunt nostri superantur. Auxilium iis mittebatur, sed tandem omnes se ad signa legionum receperunt. Ea causa legio quae in eo cornii conlocata erat locum non tenuit atque in proximum collem se recepit. Omnes legiones III perterrebantur, atque in eas milites Afrani acriter contendebant. Legionem Caesar misit, quae auxilium dedit. Proelium bene gesserunt, nam milites Afrani se ad urbem receperunt et sub muro proe- lium gesserunt. 215. WORD-LIST. exercitus, -us, m., army. gero, gerere, gessi, gestus, parvus, -a, -um, small. to be engaged in doing mitt6,mittere,misi, missus, {something), to do, or carry to send. on. 216. At the time when Pompey was preparing an army in Epirus the chiefs of the Roman armies in Africa and Spain and the people of Massilia, a city in Gaul, were all fighting against Caesar and his gen- erals. Caesar sent Curio with III new legions to no LESSON XXXV. Sicily and Africa, but went 1 himself to Spain, because his forces in that land were opposed to a large and good army. Curio went to Sicily, and from there carried a part of his army across 2 by fleet to Africa, where 3 he fought with Varus, who was one of Pompey's friends. 1 T ivit. Use trans-portare. ubi. LESSON XXXVI. 217. PULLO ET VORENUS. Erant in legione viri maxima virtute, centuriones, Titus Pullo et Lucius Vorenus, qui controversies continenter de sua virtute habebant. Ex his Pullo cum Gallis, qui hiberna legionis occupare temptabant, ex vallo acriter pugnabat. " Quid dubitas, Vorene ? " dixit, " Hoc tempus de nostris controversiis iudicabit," et statim extra vallum ex-ivit. Ad partem ubi hostes multi sunt visi contendit. Non Vorenus se in vallo continuit, sed quoque extra hi- berna ex-ivit. Pullo telum in hostes misit, atque hominem ex Gallis interfecit. In eum omnes hostes tela miserunt. Transfixum est scutum Pulloni et telum in balteo defixum est. Avertit hie casus vaginam, et gladium magna difficul- tate e-duxit. Eum turn hostes celeriter oppugnabant, sed illi Vorenus venit et auxilium dedit. Ad hunc se a Pullone omnes Galli verterunt. Gladio pugnam bene gerit Vorenus atque hominem eorum interfecit. Sed cum magno studio in reliquos contendit, atque in locum inferiorem concidit. In eum rursus hostes celeriter contendebant, sed Pullo ei auxi- lium dedit. Postquam ita pugnaverant summa cum virtute se intra hi- beria receperunt. 218. (Use whatever words you think will best express the sense of the following lines, which are taken from Macaulay's "Battle of Lake Regillus." Do not try to translate it word for word.) in 112 LESSON XXXVI. But fiercer l grew the fighting Around 2 Valerius dead, For Titus dragged 3 him by the feet And Aulus by the head. 4 " On, Latins, 5 on," quoth Titus; " See (how) the rebels 6 fly. " 7 "Romans, stand firm," quoth Aulus, " And win this fight, or 8 die," 9 1 Nominative m. and f. acrior, n. acrius. 2 circum. 3 trahere. 4 caput. 5 Latinus, -I. 6 i.e. Romans. 7 to yield, cedere. 8 aut. 9 Imperative of "to die " is moriminl. LESSON XXXVII. 219. There are three degrees of comparison tive, the comparative, and the superlative. the posi= POSITIVE. latus (lato-), wide. levis (levi-) velox (veloci-) COMPARATIVE. (ending -ior) latior, wider. levior velocior SUPERLATIVE. (ending -issimus) latissimus, widest. levissimus velocissimus a. How is the comparative formed from the positive in these examples ? How is the superlative formed ? 220. liber (Hbero-), free. liber ior, freer, Hberrimus,/rm/. acer (acri-) acrior acerrimus a. Notice that adjectives in -er have the comparing of ending -rimus in the superlative. Adjectives. 221. DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES. Pa radigm. SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. & F. N. M. & F. N. Nom. altior altius altiores altiora Gen. altioris altioris altiorum altiorum Dat. altiorl altiorl altioribus altioribus Ace. altiorem altius altiores, -is altiora Abl. altiore, -1 altiore, -1 altioribus altioribus Voc. (altior altius) (altiores altiora) 113 H4 LESSON XXXVII. a. The comparatives of all adjectives (except plus, 229) are declined like altior. b. The superlatives are all declined like bonus (474). Compare and decline in the comparative : longus, gratus, novus, miser, celer, atrox. 222. EXAMPLES. Mons est altior quam ) . . , . , [A mountain is higher collis, V ., .... 6 w™i 7 „ . ,,- i than a hill. Mons est altior colli, ) Observe that in the first sentence, where quam is used, collis is in the same case as mons ; but in the second, where quam is omitted, the ablative colli is used. Rule. — The ablative is used with comparatives in the sense of than when quam is omitted. 223. EXAMPLES. Murus est altior, The wall is rather (or loo) high. Murus est altissimus, The wall is very high. These sentences illustrate meanings sometimes given to the comparative and superlative. 224. 1. Quis murum longiorem quam Romae vidit ? 2. Quis longiorem murum quam murum Romae vidit? 3. Hostes in altissimo colli agmine Caesaris perterre- bantur. 4. Quis nigriorem equum eo habet ? 5. Hoc iter ad hiberna Caesaris est brevissimum. 6. Colles altissimi cum labore ab acerrimo hoste tene- bantur. 7. Padus est Admen longius Arno. 8. Pedites quos dux in alto colli tenuit hostium copias ab eo prohibebunt. LESSON XXXVll. 115 9. Arma quibus Romani a muro prohibebantur gladii longissimi erant. 10. Terra Gallia altiora flumina quam Italia habet. 11. Prohibetur ab urbe reliquis civibus. 12. Non facile ab urbibus pedites hostium prohibebat. 13. Novissimum agmen hostium in alto colle visum erat. 14. Estne hie equus nigerrimus ? 225. Saving the Standard. Ibi in silva Lucius Cotta legatus a Gallis interfectus est cum magna parte militum. Reliqui se ad hiberna recepe- runt, ex quibus Lucius Petrosidius, aquilifer, magno numero hostium extra vallum premebatur. Aquilam intra vallum pro-iecit; ipse maxima virtute pro hibernis pugnabat atque tandem interfectus est. 226. WORD-LIST. quam, adverb used after an adjective or adverb in the com- parative degree, than. 227. (Translate these sentences in two ways, where pos- sible.) 1. The sword which the hostage gave to the horse- man is longer than this one. 2. Who are more uncivilized than the Romans ? The Gauls are more uncivilized than they, but most uncivilized of all are the Germans. 3. Diviciacus was the freest of the chiefs of the Haedui, because he had not given his children as hostages to their enemies. 4. The men upon the wall are fewer than those who are in this gate. 5. He placed his camp upon the highest of the hills. 6. Is this road to the camp shorter than that (one) ? 7. The deepest river in Italy is the Padus. 8. Galba has a blacker horse than this horse. LESSON XXXVIII. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES-CONTINUED. 228. The following adjectives form the comparative and superlative irregularly : POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. bonus, -a, -um, good melior, melius optimus, -a, -um malus, -a, -um, bad peior, peius pessimus, -a,-um magnus, -a, -um, large maior, maius maximus, -a, -um multus, -a, -um, ?nuch ) -_ n1 - r . 11C _ „_ ,,- y plus plunmus, -a,-um multi, -ae, -a, many \* * ' ' parvus, -a, -um, small minor, minus minimus, -a, -um 229. Declension of plus, more (plural more or many). SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. & F. N. M. & F. N. Nom. plus plures plura Gen. pluris plurium plurium Dat. pluribus pluribus Ace. plus pluris, -es plura Abl. plure pluribus pluribus Voc. (pl uS ) (plures plura) 230. Some adjectives are compared by means of adverbs : Idoneus, suitable. Magis idoneus, more suitable. Maxi- me idoneus, most suitable. 1x6 LESSON XXX nil. 117 231. ALLIED WORDS, Multifold Navigable Partiality Populate Subterranean Habitue Numeral Pertinent Primeval Tenacious 232. 1. Romani hiberna propia montes quam Galli conloca- verant. 2. Certum numerum militum in hibernis tenuit atque equites, quorum erat magnus numerus in Gallia, ex his regi- on i bus obtinebat. 3. Caesar minor natu erat quam Pompeius. 4. Optimi milites interdum sunt pessimi homines, sed Caesar vir melior erat atque acefrimus princeps. 5. Optimos amamus atque perterremur a pessimfs. 6. Melius est amari quam perterrere, et non difficilius. 7. Quis horum puerorum est aegerrimus ? Hie est ae- grior illo. 8. Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae. 9. Helvetil hac ex parte monte altissimo continentur. 10. Hoc colli pedites continebantur. 1 1 . Reliquam partem copiarum in hoc loco continet. 12. Haec silva ab Helvetiorum regione ad terras Dacorum pertinet. 13. Marcus est maior natu et altior Sexto. 14. Muri horum hibernorum sunt longiores quam miiri erant superiore anno. 233. WORD-LIST. ob-tineo, obtinere, obtinul, obtentus,' to possess. con-tineo, etc., to hold together. Passive also, is bounded (geographical term). per-tineo, etc., to extend. mons, montis, m., mountain. J n8 LESSON XXX V III. 234. 1. Because the Helvetians possessed a land which was bounded by very high mountains, which extended in all directions, they tried to seize a new country more suitable to a people who were very brave. 2. The largest city of Italy is Rome. 3. Because his men were fewer than those of the enemy he hastened by very long marches to the mountains and placed a camp in a suitable place upon a rather high hill. 4. Most men have more courage than skill. LESSON XXXIX. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES-CONTINUED. 235. Six adjectives in -lis are compared as follows COMPARATIVE. facilior, facilius SUPERLATIVE. facillimus, -a, -um POSITIVE. facilis, -e, easy. difficilis, -e, difficilior, difficilius difficillimus, -a, -um hard. similis, -e, like. similior, similius simillimus, -a, -um dissimilis, -e, dissimilior,dissimilius dissimillimus,-a,-um unlike. humilis, -e, humilior, humilius humillimus, a, -um low. gracilis, -e, gracilior, gracilius gracillimus, -a, -um slender. 236. The following form their superlative irregularly : extremus, ) outermost, extimus, [ last. infimus, ) , imus, \ lowesL postremus, \ , postumus, exterus, 1 exterior, outward. outer. inferus, 1 inferior, below. lower. posterus, 1 following. posterior, later. superus, 1 above. superior, higher supremus, \ hihest summus, [ 6 1 Not used in the Nominative Singular Masculine. 119 120 LESSON XXXIX, 237. The following have no positive, and form the comparative and superlative from other parts of speech : citimus, hithermost. intimus, inmost. primus, first. proximus, next. ultimus, furthest, last. a. Do you remember any prepositions or adverbs from which these might be derived ? citerior, hither. interior, inner. prior, former. pro pi or, nearer. ulterior, further. 238. ALLIED WORDS. Barbarity Navigation Obtainable Enumerate Omnipresence Summit Laborious Content Major Navy I. Has urbes in regionibus trans Airmen primas obti- 239. nuerat. 2. Extremum oppidum Allobrogum est proximumque Helvetiorum terris Genava. 3. Erat in Gallia ulteriore una legio. 4. Prima nocte summus collis obtinebatur. 5. Complures ex gladiis qui in muris sunt obtinere temptabat. 6. Belgae pertinent ad inferiorem partem fluminis. 7. Aquitania a Garumna flumine ad montes et earn partem Oceani quae est ad Hispaniam pertinet. 8. Galliam citeriorem montes Alpes continuerunt. 9. Facile est tela gladiosque obtinere. 10. Illud iter, quod inter altissimos montes atque flumen erat, obtinuit. 11. Ex ea urbe silva ad Helvetios pertinuit. 12. Uibem litus continebat. 13. Ab hoc loco collis pertinuit ad proximum montem. 14. Multi pueri magnis capitibus nun sunt super lores consilio. LESSON XXXIX. 121 240. WORD-LIST. bonus, -a, -um, good; melior, melius, better; optimus, -a, -um, best. magnus, maior, maximus, large, larger, largest. multus, plus, plurimus, much, ?nore, most. exterus, exterior, extremus or extimus, outward, outer, outermost. Inferus, inferior, Infimus or Imus, below, lower, lowest. posterus, posterior, postremus, following, later, last. superus, superior, summus or supremus, above, higher, highest. prior, former; primus, first. 241. i. Pompey's fleet, whose chief was a man of the greatest courage, was larger than Caesar's. Pompey had more soldiers than Caesar, but the majority of the latter 's soldiers were much better than even the best soldiers in Pompey's legions. 2. On the following night he placed his baggage upon the top of the hill. 3. The Romans had a more difficult march than they had last year, because the enemy were holding the hills which were next to the shortest of the roads. 4. The last hill held by the enemy was the highest. LESSON XL. FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 242. Latin adverbs are formed from adjectives. STEMS. ADJECTIVE. STEM. ADVERB. longus, long. longo- longe, far. miser, wretched. misero- misere, wretchedly. These change the of the stem to e. i STEMS. brevis, short. brevi- breviter, briefly. acer, eager. acri- acriter, eagerly. sapiens, wise. sapienti- sapienter, wisely. These add ter to the stem. a. But notice that stems in -nti (sapienti-) drop ti. 243. The accusative and the ablative neuter of the adjective are also sometimes used as adverbs. multus, much. multum, much. facilis, easy. facile, easily. primus, first. primO, at first. subitus, sudden. subito, suddenly. 244. ALLIED WORDS. Ameliorate Optimist Superiority- Extremity Plurality Supremacy Majority Primitive Omniscience Priority 122 LESSON XL 123 245. PUGNA PHARSALICA. The battle of Pharsalia was probably the decisive battle in the struggle between Caesar and the Senate (170), although it did not seem so at the time to the enemies of the former, and was not so fiercely con- tested as the later battles in Africa and Spain. It thus probably ranks as one of the decisive battles of the world. (See also 467.) 246. I. Pompeius, qui castra in - colle habebat, ad - Infimas - partes - montis legiones conlocabat. " In - hoc - loco facile victoriam obtinebo," dixit. Caesar, quoniam numero niul- tls - partibus erat Inferior, suos - milites continebat, et in - idoneo - loco legiones conlocabat. Pompei - amicis, legatis - tribunlsque, magnum proeli - studium erat, sed id ei non gratum erat. Tandem studio - amicorum superatus - est, pugnareque - paravit. Interim Caesar castra movere - constituit, atque signum dedit, iamque i 111 quos primos in - agmine conlocaverat in - portis - castrorum erant. Sed eo - ipso - tempore legiones - Pompei longe a - vallo - suorum - castrorum movebant et pugnare - parare - videbantur. Id Caesar vidit atque oppiig- nare - paravit. Pompeius in - sinistra - parte legiones - II conlocaverat: in - eo - loco ipse erat. Medium - locum Scipio cum - legi- onibus - Syriacis tenebat. Una - legio cum - cohortibus - Hispanis in - dextra - parte erat - conlocata. Numero co- hortes CX erant. Hae erant milia XLV. Reliquas cohortes VII in castris castellisque conlocaverat. Omnes equites, qui optima arma habebant, sagittaril funditoresque, in sinis- tra parte erant. Caesar unara legionem in dextra parte conlocavit. Co- hortes LXXX habebat, quae summa erat milia XXII. Co- hortes II in castris erant. Ipse contra Pompeium erat. 124 LESSON XL. 247. WORD-LIST. cohors, cohortis, f., cohort, the tenth part of a legion. \onge y far; bene, well; facile, easily. multum, or multo, much; subito, suddenly, wiexpectedly. celeriter, quickly. 248. The last hill which the enemy were holding was suddenly attacked by the Romans at night. This hill was rather high, and the most of those soldiers who first attacked, because they were in a lower position than the enemy, were wounded by the latter, whose swords were much longer than theirs. But the tri- bune greatly surpassed the enemy in skill. He easily seized the next h,ill, which was not far distant * and much higher than that which the enemy were holding. Because of this the enemy quickly retreated to a place nearer to their (own) camp. 1 To be distant, ab-esse. LESSON XLI. 249. COMPARING OF ADVERBS. POSITIVE. acriter, eagerly. mi sere, wretchedly bene, well. male, badly. multum, much. Models. COMPARATIVE. acrius. miserius. melius. peius. plus, minus, less. SUPERLATIVE. acerrime. miserrime. optime. pessime. plurime. minime. maxime. magis, more. a. What case-ending of the adjective is used to form the comparative of the adverb ? b. How is the superlative formed from the superlative of the adjective? (Cp. 219.) c. Form adverbs from these adjectives, and compare them : aeger (aegro), sick; prudens (prudenti-), wise; libci (libero-); similis (simili-), like; levis (levi-), light. ALLIED WORDS. Mountain Optimistic Pertain Plural 250. Benefit Celerity Extreme Facile Primer Omnivorous PUGNA PHARSALICA. II. 251. Quoniam equites - Pompei contra - dextram - partem complures erant, celeriter cohortes - VI Caesar monuit, " Cum - equitibus pugnatote. Capita - eorum tells vulne- 125 126 LESSON XLl. rare - temptatote ; ita celerius perterrebuntur." Horum - equitum - multi adulescentes, elves - RomanI, pulchrissimis - comis, erant. Signum datum est atque nostri - milites in - legiones - Pompei contendebant. Primum telis, deinde gladiis, pug- nare - parabant. Eo - tempore equites a sinistra Pompei - parte in - nostros - equites contendebant. Nostri se recepe- runt, equitesque Pompei hoc acrius nostros milites a parte aperta superare temptaverunt. Turn Caesar cohortibus VI signum dedit, hique in eos celeriter contenderunt. Equites Pompei perterrebantur, atque fuga in montes altis- simos contendebant. Omnes sagittarii funditoresque interfecti sunt. Nostri cohortes VI milites Pompei qui in sinistra parte pugnabant circumiverunt. Quoniam ex duabus partibus a nostris oppiignabantur, fuga se servare contendebant. 252. Compare the adverbs learned in 247. Notice also the following : melius, minus, plus, maxime, minime. 253 Pompey's Plan of Attack at Pharsalus. Pompey said 1 to the leaders of his horsemen, " You will 2 of a sudden attack the horsemen who are oppo- site our left hand. Because you are more numerous and have better arms than they you will easily terrify them. Then (99, N. 2) you will quickly attack the foot- soldiers on their exposed flank. 3 They will at that time be fighting with our legions. Because they will thus be attacked from two direc- tions at one (125) time, they will become frightened and will hasten to save themselves by flight. ' 1 dixit. 2 Imperative mood. v pars. LESSON XLIL 254. ALLIED WORDS. Contention Malcontent Omnipotent Contentment Mountainous Petition Defense Multiplex Facility Nostrum 255. Pugna Pharsalica. — III. Turn Pompeius in - sua - castra ex - equo contendit, atque iis quos ad - portam conlocaverat dicit, " Castra defendite diligenter. ' ' Castra a - cohortibus, quae ibi conlocatae - erant, vero diligenter defenduntur ; niulto acrius a - Thracibus - barbarisque - auxiliis. Nam qui ex - proelio ad - castra mili- tes contendunt magis reliqua - fuga se servare quam castra defendere - petunt. Tandem omnes telis superantur, atque cum - ducibus centurionibus - tribunisque - militum altissi- mum - montem qui ad - castra pertinet occupare - petunt. Quoniam is - mons est sine - aqua, locum qui prope - flumen est turn occupare - petunt. Caesar partem suarum copiarum in castris Pompei, partem- que in suis castris conlocat, atque cum legionibus III I ad hunc locum properat. Nostrl x labore sunt defessi, et nox prope est, tamen milites Pompei nocte aquam petere prohi- bent. Pauci nocte fuga se servare petunt; reliqui in dedi- tionem se Caesari dant. Signa ex proelio ad eum portantur CLXXX et aquilae VIII. Interim Pompeius ad litus contendebat et nave terram Aegyptum petebat atque ad urbem Alexandrium venit. Ibi 1 I.e. Caesar's. 127 128 LESSON XLII. rex erat Ptolemaeus, puer qui magiris copiis sororem Cleopa- trem in bello superare temptabat. Amici regis huius his qui a Pompeio venerunt gratissime responderunt, tamen Pom- peium interficere petebant. Ille ignorans ex nave ex-ivit cum paucis suis et interfectus est. FINIS. 256. WORD-LIST. noster, nostra, nostrum, our. contendo, contendere, contend!, contentus, to strive, to hasten, sometimes, to fight. peto, petere, petivi, petitus, to seek, beg, demand. defendo, defendere, defend!, defensus, to defend. 257. How Caesar thwarted Pompey's Plan at Pharsalus. Caesar saw the horsemen of Pompey opposite his own right end (251). He quickly said to the lead- ers of VI cohorts, "If (146, N. 3) yonder horsemen shall get the best of the horsemen who will be defend- ing our left end, you will defend the rest of our sol- diers. " Pompey's horsemen easily terrify Caesar's horsemen, and then 1 eagerly hasten against the exposed flank 2 of the legion. Those VI cohorts suddenly attack them with their swords, and greatly terrify them. They then attack the legions of Pompey upon their unpro- tected end. Thus Caesar's soldiers overcame Pompey by means of the very plan by which Pompey tried to overcome them. 1 turn. 2 See 251, second paragraph. LESSON XLIII. THIRD CONJUGATION VERBS IN JO. capio, facio, fugio, iacio and their Compounds. x 258. Learn all the tenses of the Indicative, the Present Imperative, and the Present Infinitive, Active and Passive, of capio (484). Compare these tenses of capio with the tenses of rego, and note the differences. 251). i. Capiebatis, capiebamini. 2. Capit, capiebat, capiet. 3. Capiunt, capiebant, capient. 4. Capior, capis, caperis. 5. Capiebar, capimur, cepi. 6. Capiar, capimus, capere. 7. Cape, captae eramus, captus sum. 8. Ceperamus, ceperis. a. Inflect in the sarne way facio, make, and fugio, flee. 260. EXAMPLES. Quinque annos bellum gerebatur. War was carried on for five years. Collis centum pedes ab-est. The hill is a hundred feet dis- tant, a. The accusative annos expresses duration of time, the accusative pedes extent of space. They answer the question how long? and how far? Accusative of Time and Space. 261. Rule. — Duration of Time and Ex= tent of Space are expressed by the Accusative. 1 These are the most common of the verbs of this class. I2g i 3 o LESSON XLUL 262. Caesar et Afranius. The following is the account of the closing opera- tions of Caesar's first campaign in Spain (compare 170), before the battle of Pharsalia (245). The incident given in 214 occurred during this campaign. Afranius, the general who is opposing Caesar, has decided to leave the region of Ilerda, since his supplies are almost exhausted, and marching southward to make a fresh stand in a more favorable region. If Caesar can gain possession of a pass over the mountains which Afranius must cross, he can prevent this movement and perhaps starve his foes into a surrender. The camp of Afranius is situated between Caesar's camp and the pass. The two camps are in sight of each other, and it seems impossible for Caesar to seize the pass in ad- vance of Afranius. 263. I. Caesar cum omnibus copiis ex castris ex-Ivit, magnoque cir- cuitu sine certo itinere exercitum duxit. Hoc Afrani milites viderunt et laetissimi erant. " Vide," dixerunt, " inopia fru- menti Caesar fugit atque ad urbem Ilerdam rursus su6s milites ducit." Sed paulatim ad dextram agmen Caesar ducebat et brevi tempore primi superaverant regionem eorum castrorum et iam prope montem fuerant. Turn vero celeriter omnes copias ex castris Afranius duxit, rectoque ad montes itinere contendit. Exercitum Caesaris viarum dimcultates, Afrani copias equi- tatus Caesaris tardabant. Ad montem prior agmen Caesaris venit atque ibi contra exercitum Afrani milites conlocati sunt. Turn vero et ab equitatu novissimum agmen Afrani exercitus premebatur, et ante se legiones Caesaris videbat. Ad collem Afranius exercitum duxit atque ibi legiones suas conlocavit. LESSON XLIJI. 131 264. WORD-LIST. equitatus, -us, m., cavalry. duco, ducere, duxi, ductus, to lead. dico, dicere, dixi, dictus, to say. 265. The enemy tried to seize the gate 1 by night, and thus to lead their forces into the city, but the leader of the men who were in the city quickly hastened to the gate. He wounded a few of the enemy, and thus frightened the rest. They did not attack him during the remainder of the night. During the whole of the next day, with a few men, he was keeping the enemy away from the gate. At length, 2 by night, the enemy, wearied, retreated. 3 „* porta. a tandem. 8 se recepit. LESSON XLT FIFTH DECLENSION. zit feminine, except dies, -- Z.ll _■■ ;::t::-_f: A::.::.::.t :l ::.t - :ir:'.i' 267. try lew nouns belong to this declension, bat some of those which do are frequently used, especially acies, dies, stem die. i ^s ill i.l\ d:erum I at it: Oat. : e'rus A : '. i. I ~ XL '-hi -.-■'. i:t An. : I'll XL l -i ill A:»d_.: '. ::. : .:: 7. : - t : Prediction '. '. - .--i- " t:A„ie: \ - \ . - .-'-' 270 — II. Ex eo loco, obi sonm exercitran conclocaverat, IV cohor- ts* in earn montem qui ibi erat altissimts Afranrus mi H-i: -----,-\ \,- . ------- ..-.-, -..-.'. .-i.-t >=: '-.: Has LESSOS' XLIV. 133 cohortes quae ad hunc montem properabant equitatus Caes: ex omnibus partibus oppugnavit, omnesque in conspectu ex- ercituum ab eo interfecti sunt. Quoniam equitatus ita proelium commiserat, atque rem ita bene gesserat, ad Caesarem celeriter legati, centuriones, tri- bunique militum vener.mt. Dixerunt, "In conspectu omnis exercitus AfranI hae cohortes interfectae sunt. Perterretur e exercitus ; proelium cum tuls legionibus non sustinebunt. Non dubita proelium committere. Ita celeriter victoria nobis erit." Hoc consilium suonim tamen Caesari non gratum fuit. Proelium non commisit. "Non proelium committam,'' dixit, "nam in pugna mei milites vulnerabuntur. Sine pugna hanc rem bene geram, nam a frumento Afranium pro- hibui." Consilium Caesaris militibus non gratum fuit, tamen paulum ex eo loco ex-ivit. Turn Afranius in castris suos conlocavit. 271. WORD LIST. Res, rei, f., thing, state of affairs. Committo, committere, commisi, commissus, ;• bring gether. With proelium, to begin the battle. 272. After the whole of Gaul had been overcome by Caesar, the Gauls again (8l, N. 2) fought with him. They harassed him for a long time, and kept him from :uring^ grain. At length he attempted to retreat \ 178, N. 2) into the province. 1 The Gauls had very many horsemen, and did not hesitate to beHn battle with Caesar. But Caesar had already a sent secretly : the Germans, 4 who sent him a great number of horsemen. After the Gauls had begun the battle the German cav- alry was sent against them, and quickly brought t matter to a successful issue. 1 provincia. s iam s clam. * N : I he. LESSON XLV. SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE. 273. Learn the present and imperfect subjunctive of sum (486) and of the active and passive of amo (480), moneo (481), rego (482), and capio (484). a. In the same way inflect these tenses of paro, pugno, video, perterreo, duco and mitto. 274. The Subjunctive Mood. 1. This Mood is used chiefly in Subordinate clauses. a. All subordinate clauses, however, do not take the Sub- junctive. b. The Latin Subjunctive has no relation to the English Subjunctive, nor should it be thought of as being generally similar to the English Potential (" might," "would"). 2. The so-called Present and Imperfect tenses have ex- actly the same meaning in nearly all subordinate clauses. They denote incompleted action, past, present, or future. 275. Incompleted action represents the action of the verb in the subordinate clause as still going on at the time to which the sentence refers. Action* * The "time to which the sentence refers" is the time denoted by the main verb of the sentence. a. The English and Latin indicative tenses of incom- pleted action are : I was carrying, Portabam (Latin Imperfect). I am carrying, Porto (Latin Present). / shall be carrying, Portabo (Latin Future) . i34 LESSON XLV. 135 276. Never think of the Present Subjunctive as denoting incompleted action in present time only, like the Pres- ent Indicative, or of the Imperfect Subjunctive as denoting incompleted action in past time only, like the Imperfect Indicative. The names "Present" and "Imperfect" are very misleading in this respect. RULE FOR USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 277. If the main verb of the sentence denotes pres- ent or future time, use the present subjunctive. If the main verb of the sentence denotes past time, use the imperfect subjunctive. 278. EXAMPLES. Se parant 'ut pugnent, They prepare themselves that they may fight (so that they may fight, so as to fight, in order that they may fight, in order to fight, to fight, for the purpose of fighting). Se parabant ut pugnarent, They prepared themselves that they might fight, etc. Legatos mittunt ne oppidum oppugnetur, They send envoys in order that the town may not be attacked, that the town may not be attacked, lest the town be attacked. Legatos miserunt ne oppidum oppugnare- clauses mi • 7 i , i j Expressing tur, ihey sent envoys in order that the town p urp0 se. should not be attacked. a. Notice that the clauses introduced by ut or ne express the purpose or intention of the subjects of the principal clauses. b. Notice that ut introduces a positive, ne a negative, purpose. c. Notice that the verbs in the clauses expressing purpose are in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule. (277.) d. Notice the various expressions by which Ut and ne may be translated. 136 LESSON XLV. 279. Rule. — Purpose is expressed by ut and ne with the subjunctive. a. The infinitive is never to be used in Latin to express purpose as it is in English. 280. Adduce Deduce Deduct Educe ALLIED WORDS. Induce Introduce Introduction Produce Reduce Traduce 281. Ad silvam properabit ut victoriam obtineat. Defessi principes laboraverunt ut urbs defenderetur. Ut via defenderetur ad portam urbis properavimus. Boni principes bene pugnaverunt ut victoriam babe- s' 4. rent. 5. Porta a paucis hominibus defendetur ut murus a plu- ribus teneatur. 6. Ne pater defessus sit, pueri qui eum amant auxilium dabunt. 7. Ne pedites vulnerentur equitatus ut eos defendat pro- perat. 8. Qulnque cohortes mittet ut murum oppugnet. 9. Ne nocte laboremus contendemus. 10. Ex urbe copias ducere temptat ut eis auxilium mittat. 11. Ex castris principem prohibet ut vulneretur. 12. Hoc locum occupat ut celerius ad suos contendat. 13. Multas copias habet et bellum geret. 14. Legatos mittam ut auxilium petam. 15. Copias in castris tenet, sed brevi tempore pedites ad montem ducet, et hostem oppugnabit. 16. Pugnatis ut liberos defendatis. 282. I. He will lead these troops into the winter camp, so that he may defend it easily. LESSON XLV. 137 2. He led a cohort into the winter camp, in order that he might defend it more easily. 3. He sent help to the cohort, in order that it might more quickly seize the hill. 4. He is preparing great forces, lest he be over- come. 5. He will hasten to the town, lest he be wounded. 6. He left his baggage in the winter camp, so that his soldiers should not have a hard time (86) from want of horses. LESSON XLVI. 283. PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS. First Person. Ego , /- SINGULAR. PLURAL. Nom. ego nos Gen. mei nostrum or nostri Dat. mini nobis Ace. me nos Abl. me nobis i Second Person. Tu, thou. Nom. til vos Gen. tui vestrum or vestri Dat. tibi vobis Ace. te vos Abl. te vobis Third Person. Sui, of himself , herself, itself Nom. Gen. SU1 sui Dat. sibi sibi Acc. se or sese se or sese Abl. se or sese se or sese 138 LESSON XLVl. 139 a. Notice that sui is reflexive; that is, likesuus (191), it refers only to the subject of the sentence, or (sometimes) of the clause. b. Is, ea, id (100) and sometimes hie and ille (93) are used for the personal pronoun of the third person when not reflexive. 284. EXAMPLES. Ego sum altus, tu es parvus, I am tall, you are small. Omnes se (or sese) laudant, They are all praising them- selves. Amicus mecum manebit, My friend will stay with me. Quis vestrum se non recepit ? Who of you did not retreat ? a. Notice in the first sentence that the subjects ego and tu are expressed. They are usually omitted except for empha- sis or contrast. b. The personal pronouns of the first and second persons often have a reflexive sense : Tu te laudas, Thou praisest thyself. Omnes nos laudamus, We are all praising ourselves. 285. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. meus, -a, -um, my, mine. tUUS, -a, -um, thy, thine, your (sing. ), yours. SUUS, -a, -um, his, hers, its, their, theirs. (Reflexive 191.) noster, -tra, -trum, our, ours. vester, -tra, -trum, your (\Au.) yours. a. Tuus refers to one person : Marce, tuum amlcum vidi, et, tuos equos habuit, Mar- cus, I saw your friend, and he had your horses. Vester refers to more than one person : Milites, vestros tribunos video, sed ubi est vester legatus ? Soldiers, I see your lieutenants, but where is your general ? b. Notice that the word "your" translates both tuus and vester. 14° LESSON XLVl 286. EXAMPLES. Nos qui milites sumus eum laudamus, sed vos, qui le- gatl estis, culpatis, We, who are soldiers, praise him, but you, who are generals, blame him. a. Notice that the first qui, because it refers to nos, is the subject of a verb in the first person, sumus ; and that the second qui, which refers to vos, is the subject of estis, a verb in the second person. 287. ALLIED WORDS. Aqueduct Express Predicate Viaduct Impress Predictive Captor Repress Compress Commit 288. Caesar et Afranius. — III. Caesar milites in montibus prope Afrani castra castraque sua conlocavit. Postero die prlncipes exercitus Afrani, quoniam in compluribus partibus premebantur, perturbati sunt, atque de his rebus consilium ceperunt. In consilio eis nuntiatur, " Qui aquam petunt ab equitatu Caesaris p^ementur. ,, Quam ob rem in via quae ad aquam pertinuit equites legionariasque cohortes conlocaverunt, et posterum diem vallum ex castris ad aquam ducere temptaverunt ut intra vallum aquam pete- rent atque non ab equitatu premerentur. Hos dies tamen inopia frumenti premebantur ; aquam aegre petebant. Fru- menti copiam parvam legionaril milites habebant, sed auxi- liis non fuit, et ea causa ma^nus eorum numerus omne hoc tempus ad Caesarem veniebant, atque se ei dabant. Tandem Afranius ad oppidum Ilerdam rursus properare temptavit, et ex castris ex ivit. Caesar equitatum misit, ut novissimum agmen premeretur ; ipse ex castris legionarios milites duxit, ut equitatui auxilium daret. LESSON XLVl. 141 280. WORD-LIST. aqua, aquae, water, dies, diei, m. and f., day. legionarius, -a, -um, belonging to a legion, legionary. premo, premere, press!, pressus, to press to harass. capio, capere, cepi, captus, to take. 200. (Use whatever words you think will express the sense of the following lines, which are taken from Macaulay's " Battle of Lake Regillns. ' ') The Challenge. Mamilius spied Herminius And dashed across 1 the way; " Herminius, I have sought thee Through many a bloody day. One of us two, Herminius, Shall never 2 more go home. 3 I will lay on for 4 Tusculum, And lay thou on for Rome." 291. POSITIVE. bonus, -a, -um exterus, -a, -um inferus, -a, -um magnus, -a, -um multus, -a, -um parvus, -a, -um posterus, -a, -um superus, -a, -um REVIEW WORD-LIST. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. melior, -ius optirnus, -a, -um 1 Crossed, trans-Ivit be paraphrased, "His exterior, -ius inferior, -ius maior, -ius plus minor, minus posterior, -ius superior, -ius prior, -ius extremus, -a, -um infimus, -a, -um maximus, -a, -um plurimus, -a, -um minimus, -a, -um postremus, -a, -um summus, -a, -um (supremus, -a, -um) primus, -a, -um 2 119, N. 4. 'Perhaps these two lines might city shall never more see one of us. 4 pro. 142 LESSON XLVl. obtineo obtinere obtinui obtentus contineo continere continui contentus pertineo pertinere pertinui capio capere cepi captus committo committere commisi commissus contendo contendere contend! contentus defendo defendere defend! defensus dico dicere dixi dictus duco ducere duxi ductus gero gerere gessi gestus mitto mittere mis! missus peto petere petivi petltus premo premere pressi pressus aqua, aquae bene celeriter cohors, cohortis facile mons, montis longe equitatus, -us multum, multo exercitus, -us subito res, rei legionarius, -a , -um noster, nostra, nostrum contra suus, -a, -um LESSON XLVII. 292. Aquarium Capture Deduction Depository 293. Reading Lesson. ALLIED WORDS. Fact Impetuous Induction Inexpressible Irrepressible Position Caesar et Afranius. — IV. Equitatus noster in novissimum agmen exercitus Afrani im- petus faciebat. Non multum spatium Afranius eo die iter fecit, atque quoniam impetibus equitatus premebatur mon- tem altum cepit ibique castra ponere videbatur. Postquam Caesar castra posuerat atque equites in agros miserat ut fru- mentum caperent atque equis suis darent, Afranius rursus su- bito iter facere temptavit. Sed Caesar cum legionariis e castris in eum properavit ; in castris impedimenta atque pau- cas cohortes reliquit. Celeriter equitatus quoque venit. Acriter impetum in novissimum agmen fecit. Complures legionarii milites, etiam centuriones, interfecti sunt. Turn vero exercitus Afrani rursus castra posuit. Haec castra in loco qui longe ab aqua a-fuit posita sunt. Caesar impetum non faciebat, sed eo die tabernacula in suis castris non posuit, ut aut nocte aut die celerius in eos impetum fa- ceret. Posterum diem in castris suos Afranius tenebat. Prima nocte ut aquam peteret non ex-ivit, sed proximo die paucas cohortes in castris reliquit atque omnes reliquas copias ad 143 144 LESSON XLVIL aquam duxit. Tamen earn diem frumentum ex agris ut equis darent capere non temptavit. 294. WORD-LIST; impetus, impetus, m., an attack. facio, facere, feci, factus, to make, do. pono, ponere, posui, positus, to place. 295. 1. For many days he tried to take the town. 2. He takes the sons of the chiefs as hostages, in order that they may not wage war upon him. 3. He placed his camp upon the highest hill, in order not to be attacked. 4. Caesar hurries to Spain to attack Afranius. 5. The cavalry attacked the rear rank of the army, in order that it should not march a great distance upon that day. 6. He went out of the camp in order to lead his forces to water. 7. He kept his men in the winter quarters for many days, lest the enemy should see them. 8. At what time will you see him ? LESSON XLVIII. NUMERALS. 296. Learn the cardinals (479). 297. Unus, one. Duo, two. MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC. FEM. NEUT. Nom. unus una unum duo duae duo Gen. unlus 1 unlus unfits dudrum duarum duorum Dat. unl unl unl duobus duabus duobus Ace. unum l unarn unum duos, due > duas duo Abl. uno una uno duobus duabus duobus Voc. (unus una unum) (duo duae duo) Tres, three. Plural of Mille, , thousand. M. AND F NEUT. Nom. tres tria milia Gen. trium trium milium Dat. tribus tribus milibus Ace. tres tria milia Abl. tribus tribus milibus Voc. (tres tria) (milia) a. The declension of unus has been referred to before (125). 298. The cardinals from quattuor to centum are inde- clinable. The hundreds (excepting centum) are declined like the plural of bonus. Centum and mille in the singular are indeclinable. i45 146 LESSON XL V III. 299. EXAMPLES. Sex milites sunt in castris, Six soldiers are in the camp. A sex militibus oppugnatus est, He was " se of . rr ° ' Numerals. assailed by six soldiers. Triginta tribus militibus dona dedit, He gave gifts to thirty-three soldiers. Mille equites ad eum contendunt, A thousand horsemen hasten to him. Quinque milia equitum ad eum contendunt, Five thou- sand horsemen hasten to him. a. Notice in the fourth sentence that mille (the singular) takes the same construction as the other cardinals (like sex in the first), but that milia (the plural) in the fifth sentence is a (neuter) noun, followed by the genitive. b. This is called a partitive genitive, because it denotes the whole of which a part is taken. Other examples of this genitive, which has been fre- Genitive quently used in preceding exercises, are pars frumenti, pauci militum. c. Notice in the third sentence that a declinable cardinal is inflected even when it stands with an indeclinable one. 300. ALLIED WORDS. Century Dual Trio Circumnavigate Factor Unit Co-operation Repression Deposit September 301. Caesar et Afranius. — V. Caesar interim vallum circum castra exercitus Afrani du- cere temptabat. Dies duos haec Opera consiliaque geruntur ; tertio die magna pars operis perfecta erat. llli ut Caesarem ex opere prohibeant signum dant ackmque instruunt. Cae- sar ex opere legionarios milites re-vocat aciemque Instruit. LESSON XLVlll. 147 Acies quam Afranius instruxerat legionum quinque erat ; Caesaris primam aciem cohortes ex quinque legionibus tenebant. Non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab illorum castris castra Caesaris ab-sunt, cuius spati partes duas acies quae instructae sunt tenent, tertia ad impetum militum relinqui- tur, ut facilis fuga militibus Afrani sit. Hac causa Caesar pugnare nun temptat. Afranius quoque non pugnare sed ex opere legionarios Caesaris prohibere temptat. Ad noctem acies ita continentur. 302. WORD-LIST. acies, aciel, f., line of battle, instruo, instruere, Instruxi, opus, operis, n., work. Instructus, to construct. ab-suni, ab-esse, a-fui, to Of troops, to draw up. be distant or absent. 303. The Gauls were attacking the winter camp for ten days. There were only l three cohorts in it, so that the gate which was the nearest to the enemy was defended by not more than two hundred soldiers. Thirty of these were killed, and a hundred and five wounded. The legate himself hastened to the gate with twenty-two more soldiers, of whom five were wounded in a short time. Nevertheless 2 he defended the gate with so 3 much bravery that the enemy re- treated (178, N. 2) by night. During this day five hundred Romans and two thousand of the enemy were killed (141, N. 5). 1 tantum. 2 tamen. 3 tarn. LESSON XLIX. 304. Learn the first twenty-one ordinals (479). 3G5. ALLIED WORDS. Cent Mural Summit December Product Unify Duel Pugnacious Decimal Quart Caesar et Afranius.- -VI. 306. Postero die Caesar vallum ducere rursus paravit ; illi trans fliimen quod ndn longe a-fuit copias ducere temptabant. Celeriter Caesar Germanos equitumque partem trans flumen misit, ut ab hac re eos prohiberet. Tandem, quoniam ita ab omnibus rebus prohibebantur, atque magna aquae frumentique inopia erat, tam premebantur ut conloquium peterent. Datus est obsidis loco Caesari tilius Afrani. In hoc conloquio Afranius se suumque exercitum in dedi- tionem Caesari dedit. 307. Pompey led one hundred and ten cohorts and seven thousand horsemen from his camp to wage battle with Caesar at the place Pharsalia. He had forty five thou- sand men. He himself with two legions held one wing (199). Caesar led eighty cohorts from his camp, and had twenty five thousand men. He himself, with the soldiers of one legion, was opposite Pompey. In this battle two hundred of Caesar's soldiers, with thirty cen- turions, were killed (141, N. 5). Of Pompey's soldiers more than ten thousand were killed. 148 Subjunctive of Result. LESSON L. 308. EXAMPLES. Milites ita fortes sunt ut impetum faciant, The soldiers are so brave thai they make an attack. Milites ita fortes fuerunt ut impetum facerent, The soldiers were so brave that they made an attack. Is miles a tribus Gallis oppugnatus est, ut vulneraretur, This soldier ivas attacked by three Gauls, so that he was wounded. Hie miles tarn fortis est ut non a Gallis orterreatur, This soldier is so brave that he is not frightened by the Gauls. a. Notice that the clauses introduced by ut and ut non all '.-press a result. b. Notice that a negative result is introduced by ut non. How is a negative purpose introduced? 309. Rule. — The result of an action is expressed by the sub- junctive with ut and ut non. 310. ALLIED WORDS. Aquatic Inductive Operate Caption Instruction Press Exposition Interdiction Factory Impetuosity 311. Miles tarn defessus erat ut ad urbem Ilerdam mitteretur. Quis nostrorum perterretur ut non aciem instruat ? Contendit ad silvas ut non ab hostibus caperetur. Contendit ad urbem ne ab hostibus capiatur. 149 150 LESSON L. 5. Nos urbem tam diligenter defendimus ut non capiatur. 6. Flumen viginti pedes altum fuit. 7. Caesar quinquaginta sex annos vixit. 8. Mons decern milia pedum altum est. 9. Quis natus est centesimo anno ante Christum natum ? Nonne Caesar est? 10. Ut in Caesarem bellum gerant hominum milia centum Bellovaci habent, atque ex eo numero sexaginta dabunt. Sues- siones oppida habent duodecim, et hominum quinquaginta dabunt, quindecim milia Atrebates, Ambiani decern milia, Morini viginti et quinque milia, Menapii septem milia, Velo- cassi decern milia, Caeroesi cum reliquis ad quadraginta milia. Sum ma Helv^tiorum. 1 1. Omnium rerum summa erat capitum Helvetiorum milia duo centum et sexaginta tres ; Tulingorum milia et triginta sex ; Latovicorum quattuordecim ; Rauracorum tres et vi- ginti ; Boiorum duo et triginta; ex his qui anna habebant ad milia nonaginta duo. 312. 1. He worked all the time, so as to have plenty of grain. 2. He works with eagerness, so that he has a supply of grain. 3. He defended himself with the greatest bravery, so that he was not captured. 4. He sent help to the town, so that it w r as not taken. 5 . He will send footmen to the camp, so that it may not be taken. 6. He sent a legion to the winter camp, so that it should not be taken. 7. He sent a cohort to the hill, so that it was not taken by the enemy. 8. The legions are so many that the legate placed some of taem in one camp, and some in another (126). LESSON LI. 313. Learn the indicative, the present infinitive, and the present and imperfect subjunctive of possum (486). a. To inflect the present, imperfect and future of possum prefix pot- to the forms of sum, remembering that pot be- comes pos before s, and that the es of essem is dropped in the imperfect subjunctive. b. The perfect, pluperfect and future perfect drop the f of fui, etc. 314. ALLIED WORDS. Barbarity Impossible Sign Cogent October Unite Decimate Quarter Military Relinquish 315. Baculus Cexturio. During Caesar's wars in Gaul (170) the Eburones, a tribe living next to the Rhine, treacherously ambushed a Roman force of about six thousand men, which was wintering among them, and totally destroyed it. The incident described in 225 occurred during the fight. The following summer Caesar attacked the Eburones with an overwhelming force. They did not attempt to resist, but took refuge in the woods and swamps. Cae- sar left his baggage in a camp at Aduatuca, and scat- tered his troops in small divisions over the country. But the Roman soldiers found it hard and dangerous work to hunt the Eburones from their hiding-places; 151 152 LESSON LI. consequently Caesar announced that any of the neigh- boring Gauls or Germans who desired were free to aid him. He offered as inducement the slaves (or prison- ers of war) and plunder (or herds and other property) which they might secure. The following narrative relates how this invitation to all the marauders of these wild regions almost brought disaster upon himself. 316. I. Trans flumen Rhenum ad Germanos venit rumor, " Om- nes qui bellum gerere possunt ad praedam Eburonum a Cae- sare e-vocantur. " Cogunt equitum duo milia Sugambri, qui sunt Germanorum proximi Rheno. Trans-iverunt Rhenum navibus trigmta milibus passuum infra eum locum ubi pauci legionarii a Caesare relictl. Eburonum multos quos exerci- tus Caesaris fuga se servare COgebat magnamque praedam ceperunt. Sed unus ex captivis, "Quidvos"; dixit, ^hancmiseram capitis praedam ? Fortiinatissimi esse poteritis, nam cele- riter contendere ad castra Aduatucam potestis, quo in loco omnes suas fortunas exercitus Romanorum coegit, ut ibi mag nam praedam capere possitis. Milites tarn pauci sunt, ut in castris omnes se tenere cogantur, et centuriones suos ducere extra muros non audeant." Laetissime Sugambri suam praedam relinquunt, captivum esse ducem cogunt, et ad castra Aduatucam contendunt. 317. WORD-LIST. possum, posse, potUl, to be able, can. cogo. cogere, coegl, coactus, to collect, to compel. rslinquo, relinquere, reliqui, relictus, to leave behind. praeda. praedae, plmider. 318. I . He hastens with a small force to the winter camp to defend it. LESSON LI. 153 2. Because of the lack of grain he was unable to keep together the troops which he had collected from all regions for the purpose of carrying on war. 3. They were greatly frightened, so that they left their booty and hurried into the woods. 4. Is your foot or mine the smaller ? 5. We will send the foot-soldiers to the hills, in order that they may not be harassed by the horsemen. 6. Are you able to collect the men who are in the fields ? 7. I was compelled to hasten to your camp because I was unable to defend my own. 8. He sent five hundred soldiers with me, 1 so that I might be able to take the town. 1 mecum. LESSON 1111. READING LESSON. 319. ALLIED WORDS. Instructor Opulent (cp. inopia) Terrestrial Impetus Posse Unification Laborious Perturbation Manufactory Proposal 320. Baculus Centurio. — II. Cicero, qui princeps in castris erat, eo tempore quinque cohortes frumenti causa in proximos agros miserat, quos inter et castra unus collis erat, ut vero pauci in castris essent, quorum multi erant ex legionibus a Caesare aegri relicti. Hoc ipso tempore Sugambrorum equites venerunt, atque subito a decumana porta in castra contendere temptant. Nostri re nova perturbantur, ac yix primum impetum cohors in statione sustinere poterat. Aegre portas nostri defende- bant ; reliqua loca murus ipse per se defendit, Tota castra perturbantur, atque alius ex alio causam rei petebant. Alius dicebat, " lam castra capta sunt ! " alius, " Caesar interfectus est atque barbari, victoria laeti, vene- runt." Erat aeger in castris relictus Publius Sextius Baculus, ac diem iam quintum cibum edere non poterat. Hie sine armis ex tabernaculo ex-ivit ; ^ idit hostes qui in porta cum paucis nostrorum pugnabant, cepit arma a proximis militibus atque ad portam contendit. Cum eo iverunt centuriones eius cohortis quae in statione erat. i54 LESSON III. 155 Parvum tempus proelium sustinere poterant. Reliquit animus Sextium, qui graviter vulneratus est : aegre ab aliis centurionibus servatus est atque intra portam portatus est. Quoniam hoc spatium temporis virtute Baculi inter-positum erat, reliqui tandem in muru et ad portam iverunt ut castra defenderent. Interim cohortes quinque qui in agris fuerant ad castra venerunt. German! tandem ex-iverunt et cum ea praeda quam in silvis reliquerant trans flumen Rhenum se recepe- runt. FInis. 321. WORD-LIST. centurid. centurionis, m., centurion. Each cohort was di- vided into three "maniples," and each maniple into two "centuries." Each century was commanded by a centurion. The centurions were all men who had been ordinary soldiers (milites) and had been promoted because of bravery or efficiency. Each legion had 60 centuries, and each century contained from 60 to 100 men. Inter-ficio, inter-ficere, inter -feci, inter -fectus, to kill, re-cipio, re-cipere, re-cepi, re-ceptus, to take back, to receive; se recipere, to retreat. alius, alia, aliud, another (125). perturbo, -are, -avi, -atUS, to disturb greatly, throw into confusion. 322. 1. With much difficulty (217, line 12) he leads the men through (166, N. 2) the woods to the top of the mountain, in order that they may be able to see the cities, rivers, hills, and roads of all this region. 2. For three years he had been preparing to wage war, so that his cities should not be captured. 3. Caesar led the line of march to the nearest hill, 156 LESSON LIIL in order that there he might draw up the line of battle. 4. Because he has fewer soldiers than the Gauls he keeps them in camp, lest they be killed. 5. The leader said to his soldiers: ''You are men who have fought well in many battles in Gaul, so that you are easily able to take yonder camp. I myself will lead you. " 6. They are in difficulty from want of javelins, so that they are unable either 1 to make an attack or x to retreat. 7. Cannot you yourself give me the horse ? 8. Some gave him a hundred, some fifty, hostages. LESSON LIII. FOURTH CONJUGATION. [-VERBS. Audio (stem audi-), hear. Principal parts, audio, audire, audivi, auditus. 323. Learn all the tenses, active and passive, of audio (485). How do the forms of audio differ from those of regd and capio ? 324. 1. Audit, audiebat, audiet. 2. Audi, audire. 3. Audiimt, audiuntur. 4. Auditis, audiebatis, audietis. 5. Audiebam, ne audires, audite. 6. Audiam, auditur, audie- bamur. 7. Audiar, audimur, audiri. 8. Ut audirent, audie- batur. 9. Ut audi as, audietur. 325. Inflect munio, fortify, and venio, come, like audio. 320. Proelium Mundae. 2 Ad proelium Mundae, quod postquam Pompeius interfectus erat in Hispania gestum est, Caesar cum eius filiis pugnavit. 1 See aut in vocabulary. 2 This anecdote is related by Plutarch, in his Life of Caesar. Its truth has been doubted. LESSON Lilt. 157 Tarn acriter pugnatum est ut de hoc proelio amicis Caesar diceret, " De victoria saepe pugnavi, sed de vita hoc uno tempore. ' ' jj27. GallI et German!. Olim Germanos Galli virtute tarn superaverunt ut ultro cum eis bella gererent, et propter hominum magnum numerum agrique inopiam trans Rhenum colonias mitterent. Itaque ea, quae fertilissima Germaniae sun!, Ioca circum Hercyniam silvam, Volcae Tectosages, qui Galli sunt, occupaverunt. Hi ad hoc tempus l his locis sesc continent. Nunc a Germanis tun multis proeliis Galli sunt superati ut nun se ipsi illis vir- tute pares existimare pos.sent. 1 . He hastens from the camp to make an attack. 2. He hastened to the winter camp, in order not to be attacked. 3. He tried to capture the baggage of the whole legion, so that it should not be able to make the march for want of food. He seized the baggage of eight cohorts, so that very many soldiers are in want of food. But our legate will send the cavalry to the fields, that he may thus obtain grain. 4. The Gauls once sent colonies across the river Rhine into Germany, so that they have held the most fertile parts of this country until the present time. Nevertheless (303, N. 2) they are not the equals of the Germans in number, or in other respects, 2 so that the latter now wage war upon them of their own accord. 1 That is, the time of Caesar. res. I5 8 LESSON L1V. LESSON LIV. REVIEW OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 329. Learn the perfect and pluperfect subjunctives and the perfect and future infinitives of all the model verbs. Review the Use of Principal Parts (83). Review carefully the Personal Endings (76) and Tense Signs (188). 330. Each verb has three stems ; one for the Present, Imperfect and Future tenses ; one for the Perfect, Plu- perfect and Future Perfect tenses, Active ; and one for the same tenses in the Passive. This is why the " Prin= cipal Parts" must be learned. a. Do you see any reason, in the meanings of the tenses, why the stem of the Present, Imperfect and Future is different from that of the Perfect, Pluperfect and Future Perfect tenses? (Cp. 275, a.) 331. Every verb form in the Present, Imperfect and Future tenses contains some or all of these divisions : Stem, Ending, Conjugation (or Connecting) vowel, Tense sign ; nunti-a- ba-t, hab-e-bi-mus, pet-e-nt. 332. Conjugation Vowel : First Conjugation, A: ntinti- At, nuntiAbat, nuntiAbit, nuntiAret, except in the Present Subjunctive, nuntiEt. Second Conjugation, E: habEt, ha- bEbat, habEbit, habEat, habEret. Third Conjugation, variable. Fourth Conjugation, I, audit, audlebat, audlet, audlat, audlret. a. Notice that verbs in io of the third conjugation have some forms like the fourth. Which are they ? 333. Tense signs : Imperfect Indicative, BA : nuntia- BAt, habeBAt, peteBAt, capieBAt, audieBAt. LESSON LV. 159 Future Indicative : First and Second Conjugation, bo, bi, bu-nt. The Third and Fourth Conjugations have the vowel A in the First person, and E in the other persons: regAm, regEs, audiAm, audiEs. Present Subjunctive : First Conjugation, vowel E : nun- tiEm. Other Conjugations, vowel A : habeAm, petAm, capiAm, audiAm. imperfect Subjunctive, RE : nuntiaREs, habeREs, peteREs, capeREs, audiREs. 334. Personal Endings: Active, 6 or m (/), s {thou), t (he), mus (we), ris (you), nt (they). Passive, r (/), ris (thou), tur (he), mur (we), mini (you), ntur (they). 335. a. What unexplained peculiarity is there in the imperfect indicative of fourth conjugation? b. Notice that the imperative and infinitive do not conform to these rules. LESSON LV. THE INFINITIVE. 336. We are accustomed to think of the infinitive as meaning " to make," "to do," etc., and nothing else, but the Latin infinitive really has two meanings in Eng= lish. The words eum mittere, for instance, in one con- struction mean " to send him," 11 and in another, "that he is sending. ' ' 337. The infinitive has two main uses : I. It completes the meaning of a verb, as in English. Vult venire, He wishes to come. Me interficere temptat, He is trying to kill me. 160 LESSON LV. a. It has been very frequently used thus in the preceding lessons. This construction is easily understood (155). The perfect and future infinitive are rarely used in this construction. b. Caution.— The infinitive by a similar usage in English expresses purpose. Venit ut me videat, He comes to see me. The idea of purpose is expressed in Latin by the sub= junctive with ut or ne (279). II. Use of Infinitive in Indirect Statements. EXAMPLES. Tu oppugnas, You are at- Dlcit te oppugnare, He tacking. says that you are attacking. Urbs oppugnata est, The Existimamus urbem op- ciiy has been attacked. pugnatam esse, We suppose that the city has been attacked. Tu oppugnabis, You will Cognosco te oppugnatu- atlack. rum esse, I know that you will attack. a. Compare the sentences in these two columns. The sentences in the second column are indirect statements. What is an indirect statement ? b. Now compare each sentence in the second column with its translation. Notice that te oppugnare is translated 11 that you are attacking" ; urbem oppugnatam esse, "that the city has been attacked"; te Oppugnaturum esse, "that you will attack. ' ' c. Notice that there is no word in the Latin to corre- spond to the English word "that." The English word that, when used to introduce an indirect statement, cannot be translated into Latin. It is very important that the pupil remember this fact. 163 LESSON LV. 338. Thus, after a verb denoting mental action (". say," "think," "notice," "learn," etc.) the English usually uses the particle "that," followed by a finite verb; for instance, " He knows that you are the person." The verb or verbs introduced by the English " that '' are in Latin put in the infinitive. These infinitives are called infinitives in Indirect Statements. 339. In the model sentences in 337 notice that not only are the verbs of the direct statement changed to infini= tives in the indirect statement, but that the nomii.atives tu and urbs are changed to accusatives, te and urbem, although in the English translation each still remains the subject of the same verb as in the Direct Statement. These accusatives are said to be the subjects of the infinitives which follow them. 340. Rule. — The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. 341. Rule. — Statements after verbs and other expres- sions of saying, thinking, knowing, and perceiving are called Indirect Statements, and are expressed by the infinitive with subject accusative. 342. 1. Dicit se tribunum futurum esse. 2. Dicit fugere Romanos. 3. Ei nuntiant eds arma capere. 4. E castris equitatum e-duci cognoscunt. 5. Existimat Caium Fabium legatum cum legiombus dua- bus in castris relictum esse. 6. Cognoscit eorum fuga reliquum equitatum esse perter- ritum. 160 LESSON LV. o]. Ad Aeduos principes duos, quos illi interfectos esse ' existimant, cum equitibus mittit. 8. Caesar cognoscit summis copiis castra oppugnata esse ; et multos tells vulneratos esse. Summo studio militum brevi tempore ad castra per-venit. 9. Ubii, qui obsides dederunt, dicunt nulla auxilia ex sua civitate in Treveros missa esse. Treveri trans flumen Rhe- 1111m legatos mittunt. Legati Germanis dicunt magnam partem exercitus nostri interfectam esse, atque multo mino- rem super-esse partem. Sed German! eis dicunt se non bello amplius fortunam temptaturos esse. 10. Dicunt se per hanc terrain iter facturos esse. Legatus dicit se eos prohibiturum esse. Illi dicunt se aliud iter habere nullum. 11. Dicis magnum numerum militum ad te celeriter a tribune") ad-duci. 12. Dicunt oranes equites Aeduorum interfectos esse, et ipsos fugisse. 343. Turn the indirect statements in the first six sen- tences of 342 back into direct statements. If the perfect infinitive is used in the indirect statement, a tense denoting past time should be used in the direct statement ; if a present infinitive, a tense denoting present time ; if a future infini- tive, a tense denoting future time. LESSON LV1. 163 LESSON LVI. 344. THE TENSES OF THE INFINITIVE IN INDIRECT STATEMENTS. Dicet I Xh oPP^a- ( % says ) ym Dixit \ V1Sse ' {He said ) V'™ <>"«^d). Dicit ) , _ - ( He says ) that the city was Dicet urbem oppugna- \ He will say \ {has been) at- Dixit ) tam eSSe ' ( He said ) tacked. Dicit ) ( He says \ that you are attack- Dicet te oppugnare, \ He will say f ing. Dixit \ I He said that you were attacking. Dicit ) -u - ( He says ) that the city is being Dicet > - - \ He will say f attacked. Dixit ) ( He said that the city tvas being attacked. ™? \ * rumesJT^ \ *' »® sa - v \ /A "°"" > "* """^ Dixit ) ' ( He said that you would attack. Dicit ")i. - f He says ) that the city will be Dicet m %£ Wugna- Ht w J m say \ atlacked . Dixit J ' (_ He said that the city would be attacked. a. Notice the change in the English translation from is to was under the present infinitive, and will to would under the future infinitive. b. Notice that these changes occur because the English takes the point of view, as to time, of the man who quotes the original speaker; that is, the point of view of the one who speaks or writes the completed sentence. 1 More commonly fore ut urbs oppugnetur (oppugnaretur, after Dixit). Fore is equivalent to futurum esse (486). 1 64 * LESSON LVL ' A little reflection will show that this is always the point of view of the present, or present time. c. The Latin, unlike the English, retains the point of view, as to time, of the person whose words are quoted, that is, the point of view of the person denoted in the Eng- lish sentences above by " He." 345. The time denoted by the infinitive, then, is the same as the time which was denoted by the verb of the direct statement whose place the infinitive has taken. a. The direct statement, for instance, "Venerat," "He had gone" always takes a perfect infinitive when it is turned into an indirect statement ; " Venio," " I am going" a pres- ent infinitive ; " Venies," " You will go " a future infinitive. 346. Rule. — The tenses of the infinitive in indirect statements denote past, present, or future, relatively to the time denoted by the verb of saying. a. The tenses of English verbs in indirect statements are past, present, or future, relatively to present time. 347. i. Eo tempore murum defendebat. 2. Dixit se murum defend isse. 3. Eo tempore dixit se murum defendere. 4. Dicit eum eo tempore murum defendisse. 5. Caesar dixit se saepe proelium commisisse. 6. Caesar dicit se saepe proelium committurum esse. 7. Caesar dixit se proelium committere. 8. Caesar dicit eum proelium committurum esse. 9. Nuntiatum est iter facile eum facturum esse. 10. Caesarem certiorem facient sese non facile ab oppidis hostes prohibere posse. 11. Haedui ad Caesarem legatum mittunt ut eum certiorem faciant paene in conspectu exercitus nostri agros Helvetios occupavisse. LESSON LVIL 165 12. Considius elicit montem ab hostibus teneri ; id se a Gallorum armis cognovisse. Sed multo die Caesar cognoscit montem a suis teneri. 13. Allobroges fuga se ad Caesarem receperunt et eum certiorem fecerunt sibi praeter agros nihil relictum esse. 14. Eodem die certior f actus est hostes sub monte impe- dimenta posuisse milia passuum ab ipsius castris octu. 348. WORD-LIST cognosco, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitus, to leant about, to recognize, to examine. certus, -a, -um, certain, trustworthy ; certiorem facere, to inform. facilis, facile, easy (167). 349. 1. He learned that the enemy had made an attack. 2. He learns that his own men are holding the mountain. 3. He learned that his own men had held the moun- tain for two days. 4. He learns that the enemy will make an attack. 5. He learned that the enemy was making an attack. 6. He learned that an attack had been made by the cavalry. 7. He will learn that the enemy is fighting with great bravery 8. He learns that the soldiers are tired. LESSON LVII. 350. The Appeal of the Gauls to Caesar. Postquam Caesar bellum cum Helvetiis gessit, concilium totius Galliae die certo habitum est. Ex eo concilio prm- cipes ad Caesarem veniunt atque ita ei nuntiant : Galliae totius factiones esse duas ; harum alterius princi- patum tenere Haeduos, alterius Arvernos. Hos inter se mul- 1 66 LESSON LVll tos annos contendisse, atque ab Arvernis et Sequanis Germa- nos trans Rhenum flumen ductos esse. Cum his Haeduos armis contendisse; omnes principes et omnem equitatum in proeliis interfectos esse. Coactos esse Sequanis obsides dare, et iurare sese neque obsides a Sequanis neque auxilium a populo Romano petituros esse. Sed peius Sequanis quam Haeduis accidisse. Ariovistum, regem Germanorum, in eo- runi terrain suum exercitum duxisse, tertiamque partem agri occupavisse, atque nunc alteram partem tertiam capere temp- tare. Hominem esse barbarum ; non posse eius imperia diutius sustineri. Caesarem iinum Galliam omnem ab Ariovisto posse defen- dere. 351. 1. Caesar learned that the Arverni had brought Ariovistus with a large army into Gaul ; that the Gauls had been compelled to give hostages to Ario- vistus ; that he was about to seize a very large part of Gaul and give it to the Germans ; and that Cae- sar alone was able to defend the Gauls from him. 2. Change 350 from coactos esse to the end into a direct statement. LESSON LVIII. 352. EXAMPLES. Timed ut properet, *) I fear that he is not Timed ne non properet, j hastening. vertlof FJaJinS. r Timed ne properet, I fear that he is hastening ; or, I fear lest he be hastening. a. Notice that verbs of fearing are followed by ut or ne with the subjunctive. b. Notice that ne, in this construction, can always be trans- lated by "test" LESSON LVlll. 167 c. Notice that ne can also be translated by "that" and that ut means ' ' that not. ' ' Ut and ne thus seem to exchange the meanings which they usually have. 353. Rule. — The subjunctive with ut or ne is used after verbs of fearing; ut meaning "that not" and ne ' ' that ' ' or ' ' test. ' ' 354. 1. Tres annos frumentum parabant, ut in itinere copiam haberent. 2. Timemus ut bonum consilium capias. 3. Timemus ne malum consilium capias. 4. Mons erat altissimus, ut facile pauci eos prohibere pos- sent. 5. Timebat ut venirem. Timebat ne aeger essem. 6. Ut auxilium dare posset, reliquas sex legiones pro castris in acie posuit. 7. Alius alii in pugna auxilium dabat- 8. Ita celeriter venerunt ut paene uno tempore et ad sil- vas et ad nostram aciem hostes viderentur. 9. Legati timuerunt ne aqua toti exercitui dari non pos- set. 10. Dicit Nammeium principem locum obtinuisse et nun- tiavisse se per illam terram iter facturum esse. 11. Timemus ne noster exercitus celeriter nun veniat et urbs a principibus hostium capiatur. 12. Caesar certior factus erat eorum fuga reliquum esse equitatum perterritum. 13. Ita dies quindecim iter fecerunt, ut spatium inter no- vissimum hostium agmen et nostrum primum non amplius quinque aut sex mil i bus passuum esset. 14. Partem suarum copiarum trans fliimen diicere tempta- verunt, eo consilio, ne hiberna oppugnarentur. 15. In concilio optimum esse videtur ad suarn terram quem- que venire, ne in aliorum terris sed in suis pugnent. 16. Qua re erit ut totius terrae copiae ab eo premeantur. 1 68 LESSON IVUL 17. In collibus legionarios ponet, ut de consilhs princi- pum cognoscere possit. 18. Ut oranes uno tempore in hostes impetum facerent, a proelio suos tenebat. 19. Timent ut hostes impetum faciant. 20. Timuerunt ne hostes impetum facerent. 21. Legionarios ex urbe duxit ut hostis impetum faceret. 22. Legionarios ad superiorem locum diicit ne hostes im- petum faciant. 23. Legionarios ad locum superiorem duxit, ut hostes im- petum non facerent. 24. Hiberna non amplius quinque milibus passuum a flu- mine ab-sunt. 355, WORD-LIST. venio, venire, veni, ventus, to come. timed, timere, timui, — , to be afraid, to fear. 356. 1. He came to see you, but was afraid that you would not be able to see him. 2. He is afraid that you will not be able to see him, so that he will not come to see you. 3. They said that the enemy tried last night to seize the gate of the town, and wounded five men. 4. They say that the fleet will attack his ships, but that his soldiers will easily defend themselves. 5. He learns that the Germans will attack him, and is about to abandon this region, so that they will not be able to do 1 this. 6. He is leaving this region, in order that the Ger- mans may not be able to attack him, 7. He took possession of this hill and of yonder mountain, so that he should be able to make an attack upon the enemy from three directions at the same time. 8. He said that he was afraid that you would leave the baggage. 1 facio. LESSON LIX. 169 LESSON LIX. PARTICIPLES. 357. Learn the participles of the model verbs (480-486). a. Observe that there is no present passive or perfect active participle. That is, taking the verb "to send" as an example, there are no forms in Latin corresponding to " having sent " or " being sent." b. What participles are used as parts of the compound tenses in the model verbs ? 358. Participles are declined like adjectives, and, like them, agree with nouns or pronouns in gender, number, and case. Present Participle. Amans, loving. SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. & F. N. M. & F. N. Nom. amans amans amantes amantia Gen. amantis amantis amantium amantium Dat. amantl amantl amantibus amantibus Ace. amantem amans amantes, -Is amantia Abl. amante, -1 amante, -1 amantibus amantibus Voc. (amans amans) (amantes amantia) The declension is similar to that of sapiens (166). Perfect (amatus) and Future (amaturus) Participles are declined like bonus (474). 359. EXAMPLES. Ad Gallos oppugnantes oppidum venit, He came to the Gauls {while /hey were) attacking a town. Princeps captus ad Italiam mittetur, The chief, if he is i76 LESSON LIX. captured (or, when captured, literally, having been taken), will be sent to Italy. Principem captum ad Italiam misit, He sent the chief, when he had been captured {having been captured}, to Italy. Galli graviter perturbati fortiter pugnaverunt, The Gauls, {although) greatly disturbed {having been greatly dis- turbed), /ought bravely. Legatus, perturbatus, ad suos properavit, The legate, {because he was) disturbed {having been disturbed), hastened to his own men. Navem relictam cepit, He took the ship which had been left behind. Oppidum Oppugnatum est, The town has been (or was) attacked. a. The present (active) participle represents the action as going on at the time denoted by the mam verb. Use of Participle. b. Notice the various ways in which the perfect (passive) participle can be translated. It lep- resents the action as completed at the time denoted by the main verb. This explains the somewhat puzzling fact illus- trated by the last sentence, that est, when combined with the perfect participle of a regular verb to form the perfect passive tense, seems to change its meaning to '''was." Oppidum oppugnatum est, if translated literally, means " The town is {in a state of) having {formerly) been attacked. ' ' Does this also explain why erat, when found in the plu- perfect passive of a regular verb, is translated "had been* instead of * ' was, ' ' and why erit, when found in the future perfect passive, is translated ' ' shall have been ' ' instead of " shall be" V LESSON LIX. 171 360. Rule. — With names of towns the place to which is expressed by the accusative without a .^...nUiM. Accusative of preposition. piace Whither Ad urbem Romam veni, I came to the city Names of Towns. Rome. Romam veni, / came to Rome. Ad Galliam veni, / came to Gaul. a. In the first sentence ad governs urbem, with which Romam is in apposition. In the second Romam is used alone, and so is without a preposition. b. Notice that the rule does not apply to the names of countries. c. Domus (420, 472) also conforms to this rule. 361. Curio in Africa. Caesar's operations against the Senate and Pompey before the battle of Pharsalia (245) included the send- ing of an army under Caius Curio to invade the Roman province of Africa, in order to conquer Varus, a gen- eral who was friendly to the Senate. Varus secured the help of king Juba, who ruled over the tribes living in the mountains south and west of the province. 362. I. His temporibus Caius Curio in Africam, 1 a Caesare missus, ex Sicilia duas legiones ex quattuor quas ei dederat Caesar et quingentos equites trans-portavit et ad locum Anquilla- riam venit. Huius adventum Lucius Caesar filius cum de- cern longis navibus ad Clupeam exspectans, timens navium multitudinem ex alto ad proximum litus fugerat et pedibus Hadrumentum properaverat. Id oppidum Considius Longus una legione tenebat. Reliquae naves Luci Caesaris, fugi- entes ex alto, se Hadrumentum receperunt. Lucium Cae- 1 See Maps IV and V for the places mentioned in 362 and 365. *7 2 LESSON LIX. sarem fugientem capere temptans Rufus navibus duodecim quas ex Sicilia Curio e-duxerat ut classem a Varo missam ab onerariis navibus prohiberet, postquam in litore relictam a Lucio navem vidit, hanc cepit ; atque ad Curionem cum sua classe et nave capta venit. Curio Riifum Uticam cum navibus prae-misit; ipse exerci- tum ad flumen Bagradam duxit. Ibi Rebilum legatum cum legionibus reliquit ; ipse cum equitatu properavit ad Castra Cornelia, quoniam is locus idoneus habebatur. Is est mons ad litus, et ab-est ab Utica paulo amplius passus mille. 363. WORD-LIST, fugio, fugere, fugl, fugitUS, lo run away, to flee. 364. (Use participles wherever you can.) i. — The Death of Dumnorix. Dumnorix, fearing that Caesar was going to kill him, fled from the Roman camp with the horsemen of the Haedui. Horsemen were sent by Caesar, so that he might be captured while he was fleeing. They killed him while he was trying to defend himself, and repeating (saying often 1 ) that he was free himself and the chief of a free state. His horsemen, terrified, came back again 2 to Caesar. 2. Lucius Caesar, fearing lest he should be cap- tured by the fleet which had been sent from Italy, left his ship upon the nearest shore and came on foot to Hadrumentum. The fleet of Rufus, who was trying to capture the ships of Lucius Caesar, came to the ship which the latter had abandoned. Rufus came with the captured ship to Curio, who sent him to Utica. 1 saepe. a iterum. LESSON LX. 173 LESSON LX. READING LESSON. 365. Curio in Africa. — II. Ex hue monte Curio castra Van vidit. Eodem tempore vidit multa ex omnibus partibus per vias a populo portari, quae bellum timentes ex agris in urbem portabant. Ad has vias equitatum misit, ut haec caperet, eodemque tempore sex- centi equites ex oppido peditesque quadringenti, a Varo missi, ex-iverunt. Equites pugnaverunt, neque vero primum impe- tum nostrorum sustinere potuerunt, sed interfecti sunt circiter centum et viginti. Reliqui se in castra ad oppidum receperunt. Interim adventu longarum navium Curio magistris onerari- arum navium nuntiavit, quae ad Uticam numero circiter ducentae stabant, " Eum hostium habebo loco, qui non ad Castra Cornelia suas naves traduxisset." Omnes naves ex Utica ex-iverunt et ad Castra Cornelia venerunt. Qua re omnium rerum copiam obtinere exercitus potuit. Turn Curio se in castra ad Bagradam flumen recepit, poste- roque die exercitum Uticam duxit et prope oppidum castra ponebat. Ei castrorum vallum facienti equites nuntiant magna auxilia equitum peditumque a rege Iuba missa Uticam venire, eodem tempore magna pulvis videtur, et brevissimo tempore primum agmen est in conspectu. Novam rem timens Curio equites prae-mittit ut ita primum impetum sustineat ; ipse celeriter ab opere legionarios ducit aciemque instruit. Equites proelium committunt et, quoniam nullum timentes principes hostis iter faciebant, tota auxilia regis perturbata ac perterrita fugere cogunt, magnumque peditum numerum interficiunt. Equitatus fuga servatur, atque se per litus cele- riter in oppidum recipit. 174 LESSON LXL 366. 1. The Gauls say that they will make use of the plan of this messenger. They will make an attack upon the Romans while they are making a march through the forest. They will first attack the auxiliary troops, whom they will easily be able to throw into confusion, so that these by their terror 1 may disturb the legionary troops. 2. The chiefs, sent by king Juba, while they were marching to Utica with many hundred horsemen and footmen, came in sight of the Romans, who were build- ing the rampart of their camp. When attacked by the Roman cavalry the horsemen fled along the shore to Utica. LESSON LXI. 367. DEPONENT VERBS. Deponent verbs are passive in form, but active meaning. Utor, I use (not, I am used). Sequitur, he follows (not, he is followed). There are deponent verbs belonging to each of the conju- gations, but the more common ones are nearly all of the third conjugation. 368. Their conjugation differs from that of the passive of other verbs in two ways : i. The future infinitive of deponent verbs is active in form : conaturus esse (not conatum iri). 2. Deponent verbs have the participles of both voices : conans, trying. conaturus, about to try. conatus, having tried. conandus, (gerundive). a. Does 357, a, apply to deponent verbs? 1 Use a participle. LESSON LXL 175 309. There are five deponent verbs which, with their compounds, take no direct object in the accusative case. They govern the ablative case instead ; thus, Uteris meo gladio, You are using my sword. Tua patientia ab-utor, I am abusing your patience. Quis labore non fruitur ? Who does not enjoy labor P 370. Rule. — Utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and their compounds, govern the ablative. 371. 1. Ut facilius eo cunsilio utatur, impedimenta in loco idoneo relinquit. 2. Facile est totius Galliae imperio potiri. 3. Eius consilio USl, proficisci temptaverunt. 4. Tuo gladio in impetu usus est. 5. Gladiis legionarii non utentur, ne obsides vulnerentur. 6. Quis bona fortima non fruitur? 7. In Italiam celeriter profectus est. 8. Militem praeda frui dicit. 9. Milites, urbe potiti, etiam mulieres et liberus interfe- cerunt. 10. Impedi mentis hostium potiti sumus, qui nostrum impe- tum non sus-tinere potuerunt. 11. Laetissimi erant milites, quoniam urbe cum omni prae- da potiti erant. 12. Bello defessus, in Italiam cum una cohorte proficisci contendit. 13. Caesar proficiscebatur ut agmen hostis a monte prohi- beretur. 14. Utl equitatii temptabat, sed labore equi defessi erant. 15. Qui erant hostium longius profecti, hos levis arraa- turae interfecerunt. 16. Tandem conattis est Caesar opera per-ficere, ut impe- ura sus-tineret. 17. Suo quisque consilio utebatur. 176 LESSON LXIL 18. Nuntium misit, quern pauca locutus loqui pliira Galba prohibuit. 19. Ea quae secuta est hieme Usipetes Germani magna cum multitudine hominum ilumen Rhenum trans-iverunt, quoniam a Suebis complures annus premebantur. 20. Eodem die ex urbe proficiscitur magnisque itineribus in Senones per-venit. 372. WORD-LIST, utor, utl, usus, to use. proficiscor, proficisci, profectus, to set out, to go. sus-tineo, sustinere, sustinui, sustentus, to hold out against. 373. 1 . It was. told to the lieutenant, as he was setting out with three cohorts, that the Gauls would assault him suddenly among - the hills. Fearing that foot-soldiers would not be able to hold out against their attack, he gave horses to the soldiers of the cohorts, using the horses of the auxiliary troops. 2. When he had set out from the camp he marched quickly, using the captured horses. 3. Harassed during seven years by their enemies, they at length gained possession of a few ships, in order to come to their friends. But when their enemies learned that they were trying to make use of the ships which they had secured, they made an attack by night and captured them. LESSON LXIL 374. EXAMPLES. Centurion! milites parent, Soldiers obey the centurion. Sibi nocent, They are injuring themselves. Mini persuasit ut el crederem, He per- Da 1 ^ r e a " s i i i t i V e S om ° suaded me to believe him. LESSON LXII. 177 A large number of verbs which are transitive in English (that is, admit of a direct object) are in Latin intran- sitive (that is, admit only of an indirect object). Hence they are said to govern the dative (23). 375. Rule. — Most verbs meaning to favor, please, believe, trust, help, and their opposites ; also, to per= suade, command, obey, serve, resist, and the like, are followed by the dative. 376. 1. Nobis amicOrum bonis uti persuadet. 2. Et sibi et Civitatl nocebit, si ab urbe proficiscetur. 3. Te cum studio sequemur. 4. Isti nuntiO credere nun possum. 5. Tibi in murum venire persuadebimus, ut montes videas. 6. Civitatl persuasit ut a terra sua Caesarem omnibus cum copiis prohiberent. Id hoc facilius eis persuasit, quo- niam loci naturii continentur. 7. In eo itinere persuadet Castico ut imperium in civitate sua occupet, quod pater ante habuit, Dumnorigique Haeduo, fratri Divitiaci, qui hoc tempore imperium in Civitate obti- nuit, ut idem temptet persuadet. 8. Persuadent his civitatibus ut, eodem Cisi consilio, cum iis proficiscantur. 9. Dicit se his persuadere nun potuisse. 377. WORD-LIST. persuadeo, persuadere, persuasi, persuasus, to persuade. Civitas, Civitatis, f. , a stale or nation. 378. 1 . Because the land of the Helvetians is hemmed in on all sides by very high mountains, Orgetorix easily persuaded the chiefs of this state that their land was too small, and that they, making use of their numerous soldiery, would be able to seize quickly the finest fields of Gaul. J 7 8 LESSON LXIII. 2. The legate sent two men to the chief, who told him, ' ' The Romans ask you to come * to them in order that they may make use of your skill in war. ' ' He believed them, so that they were easily able to persuade him to set out, 1 having only 2 three hundred of his own men with him. The Romans attacked him in a suitable place, as he was making the journey, and killed him. LESSON LXIII. THE IRREGULAR VERBS VOLO , NOLO , MALO . ( volo, velle, volui. Principal Parts : -J nolo, nolle, nolui [ne-vold] . ( maid, malle, malui [magis-volo] . 379. Learn the conjugation of volo, nolo and maid (487). 380. Vult venire. Dixit se velle venire. Noluit sequi. Dicunt se nolle sequi. Vis proficisci. Cognoscimus te velle sequi. Aliorum bonis frui malumus quam nostris viti. Noluisti audire. Accidit ut ad illam civitatem venire vellet. Dicitur eum hoc donum illo maluisse. 8. Volentes aut nolentes impetum facient. 9. Dicunt se voluisse Caesarem sequi. Ma vult re-duci. Non vultis aciem instrui. Noll perterreri. Agmen exercitus sequemini. Nollte persuaderi. Agmen Gallorum cum equitatu sequebatur. Vultisne me eodem tempore venire ? Malumus te a-futuram esse. 1 Not infinitive. 2 tantum. 1. 2. 3- 4- 5- 6. 7- 10. 11. 12. i3- 14. 16. i7- LESSON LXIV. 179 18. Volam ad-esse, sed ille superiore tempore noluitquem- quam praeter vos vestrumque patrem ad-esse. TimeO ne m venire ndlet. Nolumus ilium videre nisi te ad-esse voluerit. 381. WORD LIST. V0I6, velle, volui, to be willing, to wish. nolo, nolle, nolui, to be unwilling. sequor, sequi, secutus (deponent), to follow. 382. 1. He was informed that this lieutenant would follow another, but was unwilling to lead the line of march himself. 2. He wished to set out for Italy, but could not (do so). 3. He prefers to attack the winter camp by night, but his soldiers have said that they are unwilling to follow him. 4. We were unwilling to follow a leader who kept us from seizing the grain in the fields. 5. Do you not wish us to use the things which you gave us ? 6. I can use two swords at the same time, but he is unable to use even x one. LESSON LXIV. 383. EXAMPLES. Cum mllites in castra venerunt, legatus eos hortatus est, When the soldiers came into camp, the legale encouraged them. Cum bellum perfectum erit, Romam veniam, When the war is [shall have been) finished, I will go to Rome. 1 etiam. x8o LESSON LXIV. Cum milites in castra venirent, Galli eos oppugnaverunt, While the soldiers were coming into the camp the Gauls attacked them. Cum oppidum captum esset, Massiliam contendit, When the town had been captured he ( or Temporal). hastened to Massilia. a. Notice the moods and tenses of the verbs in the cum clauses. 384, Rule. — Cum, meaning, when, is followed by the subjunctive, if the tense is the imperfect or pluperfect; otherwise, by the indicative. 385. i. Cum barbari proelium committere peterent, princeps unum ex hostibus telo vulneravit. 2. Milites cum oppidum ceperunt, omnes homines inter- fecerunt. 3. Milites cum oppidum cepissent, omnes homines inter- fecerunt. 4. Cum ad eum centurionem ducerem, multa dixit. 5. Legatus nuntio duce usus exercitum per silvas duxit. 6. Equites, cum legatus aciem instrueret, ei hostem prope esse nuntiaverunt. 7. Legato instruenti aciem equites id nuntiaverunt. 8. Legatus, cum aciem instruxisset, complures equites prae-misit. 9. Cum Caesar per extremos Lingonum fines iter faceret, circiter milia passuum decern a Romanis trinis in castris Vercingetorix suas copias constituit, et equitum ducibus nun- tiat venisse tempus victoriae. 10. Signum dat et a dextra parte alio ascensu codem tem- pore Aeduos mittit. 11. Cum in Italiam proficisceretur Caesar, Galbam cum legione duodecima et parte equitatus in Nantuates aliosque civitates misit, quae a finibus Allobrogum ad summas Alpes pertinent. LESSON LXV. iSj 12. Caesar cum ab hoste nun amplius passuum duodecim ab-esset, ad earn legati venerunt. 13. Cum celeriter nostri arma cepissent atque una ex parte castrorum equites e-missi els superiOres fuissent, hostes suGs reduxerunt. :*8G. 1 . He gave me this gift when he set out from Rome. 2. When an opportunity for assaulting the city is given, he will make the attack with the greatest eager- ness. 3. When he saw that he would not be able to take the town, he placed a camp in a suitable position. 4. When he came to see me he gave me this sword. 5. When he ceme to me he persuaded me to give (378, N. 1) him a greater number of troops than you had yourself. 6. They all set out when there was much grain in the fields. 7. When they had collected a large number of men they hastened to Aduatuca. 8. When he saw you he said that it was you who had tried to wound his foot with your javelin in the battle. LESSON LXV. 387. REVIEW SENTENCES. 1. Dicit sese ad eum venire noluisse. 2. Milites equitesque duxit ut eos qui fugerant per-seque- retur. 3. Aristimn, tribunum militum, iter ad legionem faci- entem ex oppido Galli e-ducunt. 4. Libo, profectus ab Orico cum classe cm" prae-erat, navium quinquaginta, "Brundisium venit. 5. Petit ut ipse cum Pompeio conloqueretur. 182 LESSON LXV. 6. Libo ad Pompeium proficiscitur. 7. Saepius fortunam temptare Galba nolebat. 8. His de rebus Caesar certior factus, ipse cum primum per anni tempus potuit ad exercitum coiitendit. 9. Dixit Romanos nullam facultatem habere navium. 10. Hostes proelio superati cum se ex fuga receperunt ad Caesarem legatos de pace miserunt. Cum his legatis Com- mius venit, quern dixeram a Caesare in Brittaniam prae- missum esse. 11. Equites nostri cum hostium equitatu proelium cora- miserunt. Cum se illi in silvam ad suos reciperent ac rursus ex silva in nostros impetum facerent, neque nostri longius sequi auderent, interim legiones sex ad collern venerunt ubi castra ponere Caesar constituerat. Cum prima impedimenta nostri exercitus ab iis, qui in silva erant, visa sunt, subito omnibus copiis ad nostra castra in eos qui in opere occupati sunt contenderunt. 388. The Gauls captured the tribune while he, hav- ing set out Avith the two cohorts which he was leading, was marching to attack (378, N. 1) three hundred of the enemy who had fled into the forests. They led him and his soldiers, after he had been cap- tured, to the gate 1 of the camp from which he had set out, and there killed them, in order that the Romans who had been left in the camp might be terrified. The Romans who were in the camp, when they saw that the Gauls had killed the tribune and all of the soldiers whom they had captured, fearing lest they themselves would be overcome, on the following night hastened through (166, N. 2) the forest to the winter camp of the legate. The Gauls upon the next day carried all that the soldiers had left in the camp (away) from it to their own homes (420, 472). 1 porta. LESSON LXVL 183 LESSON LXVL GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. 389. EXAMPLES. Sui defendendi causa id fecit, He did this for the sake of defending himself. Operam dat oppidls expugnandis, He devotes himself to taking towns by storm (Jo towns to be taken by storm ) . Venit ad bellum gerendum, He came to wage war {for war to be waged). Multa de muniendis castris dixit, He said many things about fortifying camps {about camps to be fortified). a. The Gerundive is a verbal adjective. It is called an adjective because it agrees with its noun in gender, num= ber and case, as in the sentences above. It is a verbal adjective because it expresses action. 390. Causa urbem videndi venient, They will come for the sake of seeing the city. Mull utiles sunt impedimenta portando, 1 r 7 1- 7 /- j Gerund. lUules are useful /or carrying baggage. Victoria oppidum expugnando el erat, Victory was his by storming the town. a. The Gerund is a verbal noun, of the masculine gender, and used only in the singular. It takes a direct object. It is the same in meaning as the gerundive. b. The Nominative case is wanting in the gerund. The infinitive is used instead, thus : Cedere est turpe, To yield is disgraceful. 1 84 LESSON LXVL 391. EXAMPLES. Facilitates habent { oppldumSendl, } T ^ have "' sources fur (of) taking the town. a. In the two ways of expressing this sentence, which uses the gerundive ? 392. Dicit omnes Galliae copias ad se oppugnandum venisse, He says that all the troops of Gaul ca??ie to attack him (/fl him [<2 man who Was] to be attacked}. Purpose Clauses. See also 389, third sentence. a. Notice that ad with the gerundive or gerund is used to express purpose. In what other ways may purpose be expressed ? 393. 1. Consilium urbem capiendi nuntiavit. 2. Consilium urbis capiendae nuntiavit. 3. Veniunt ad urbem videndam. 4. Neque consili habendi neque arma capiendi facultas datnr. 5. Complura dicendo eis persuadet. 6. Ad urbem capiendam laborem dat. 7. Laborandi causa ad vallum properavit. 8. Caesar ad urbem proficiscitur atque in ulteriorem Gal- liam pervenit, ubi cognoscit missum esse in Hispaniam a Pompeio Rufum, quern paucis ante diebus captum ipse di- miserat. 9. Dixit profectum esse Domitium ad occupandam Massi- ham navibus septem. 10. In praeda capienda hostibus nocet. :i. Dicit Carnutes interficiendi eorum prlncipis consilium capturos esse. 12, Studio eorum futuram esse aliquam j3Ugnandi facultatem existimavit. LESSON LXVll. 185 13. Aliquem prlncipum quos secum ad consilium capien- dum habebat misit. 14. Galli ad nos mterficiendos contendunt. 15. Tribiinus suis rem de mittendis legatis nuntiat. 16. Primo milites videndi causa laeti ex castris ex-iverunt. 17. Ipsi per-ficiendi operis causa longius proficiscuntur. 18. Legatos monet ut contineant milites ne studio pugnandi aut spe praedae longius proficiscantur. 19. Signum recipiendi dedit. 20. Ad salutem obtinendam pugnabunt. 394. (Translate where possible in two ways. ) 1. He has very great resources (396) for waging war. 2. He wishes you to give him the opportunity to see the city. 3. He announces a plan for capturing the baggage. 4. He was kept from making an attack upon the wall by lack of javelins. 5. She takes too much time for preparing food. 1 LESSON LXVII. READING LESSONS. 395. Curio in Africa. — III. Proxima nocte centuriones duo ex castris Curionis cum legionariis duo et viginti ad Varum fugiunt. Hi ei nuntiant quam forsitan habuerunt opiriionem ; dicunt totum exercitum Curionis nullum pugnandi studium habere, maximumque opus esse in conspectum exercitus eius venire et dicendi mili- tibus facultatem dare. Erat in exercitu Vari Quintilius, qui in Italia se suasque copias Caesari in deditionem dederat. Hie di-missus a Caesare in Africam venerat, quod bellum gerendi facultatem petebat, legionesque eas traduxerat Curio quas superioribus tempori- 1 cibus, -I. 1 86 LESSON LXVU. bus ex eo receperat Caesar. Hoc viro ad rem gerendam Varus utitur. Centurionum opinione ad- ductus Varus postero die legiones ex castris e-ducit, quod Quintilio facultatem dicendi dare vult. Facit idem Curio, quod Varus proelium committendi facultatem dare videtur, atque suas uterque copias instruit. Hac facultate dicendi usus, Quintilius aciem Curionis circum- ivit atque legionariis dixit, " Primara sacramenti, quod apud me dixistis, memoriam de-ponere atque bellum gerere nolite contra eos qui eadem fortuna usi sumus. Si me atque Varum sequemini complura dona vobis dabimus." Sed nullam in partem ab exercitu Curionis haec eo tempore grata videbantur, atque ita suas uterque copias re-diixit. Curio dixit, " Cum primum pugnandi facultas erit data, proelio rem committam." Postero die copias productas eodem loco quo superioribus diebus instruxerat, in acie con- locavit. Varus quoque cum pugnandi studio suas copias pro- duxit. Erat vallis inter duas acies, non ita magna, sed dif- ficili ascensu. Subito a sinistro cornu Vari equitatus omnis atque multae levis armaturae cum se in vallem de-mitterent videbantur. Ad hos Curio equitatum et duas cohortes misit, quorum primum impetum equites Vari non sustinuerunt, sed celeriter ad suos fugerunt. Levis armaturae, relictae, circum- ventae sunt a nostris atque interfectae sunt. Ita omnes qui erant tota in acie Vari suos perterritos fugere videbant. Turn Rebilus, legatus Caesaris quern Curio secum ex Sicilia duxerat quod eum magnum consilium in bellum ge- rendo habere existimabat, ( ' Perterritum," dixit, " hostem vides, Curio ! Cur ita secundo tempore uti non vis ? " Curio signum dedit, et in vallem aciem duxit. Difficilis militibus ascensus vallis erat, sed Vari milites, fuga suorum perterriti, nihil de sese defendendo existimabant. Quod omnes milites Vari se ab equitatu circum-veniri existimaverunt fuga se in castra recipere contendunt. Qua in fuga Fabius, quidam miles ex exercitu Curionis pri- mum agmen fugientium secutus " Vare ! Vare ! " appellabat, LESSON LXVll. 187 ut a Varo unus esse ex eius militibus et monere aliquid velle existimaretur. Cum ille saepius appellatus stetit ut ei dice- ret, umerum gladio vulnerare Fabius temptavit, quod peri- culum ille scuto vix vitavit. Fabius a proximis militibus cir- cum-ventus interfectus est. Hac fugientium multitudine portae castrorum occupantur atque iter impeditur, pliiresque in eo loco sine vulnere quam in proelio aut fuga interfecti sunt. Tamen Curio castra non oppugnare temptavit, quod se natura loci prohiberi existi- mavit. Exercitum in sua castra reduxit. Nostrorum nullus miles praeter Fabium interfectus est : ex numero hostium sexcenti interfecti atque mille vulnerati sunt. 396. WORD-LIST. facultas, facultatis, f. , ability, opportunity. Plural also, resources. existimo, -are, -avi, -atus, to suppose, think. quod, because. 397. 1. By chance three hostages were wounded by the frightened horsemen. 2. He is afraid that the footman has wounded your foot with his sword. 3. The soldiers, tired out by the long march, were unable to defend themselves, and were killed while trying to retreat. 4. He is unwilling that you should give help to his son. 5. Bibulus stationed the ships of the fleet along 1 the whole 2 shore, so that Caesar was unable for a long time to obtain more troops. 6. He refused to flee, saying that it was better to be killed. 1 per. 2 totus, -a, -um. 1 88 LESSON LXVllL 7. This is a good plan for carrying on the war, but that is a better (one). 8. He wishes her to follow him to Rome, but she is unwilling to leave her son. 9. The messenger said that the cohorts had occupied the top of the mountain for two days. 10. The people went to see the army as it was set- ting out. 11. They will not have time to lead (of leading) the cohorts to the hill. 12. This is a very suitable spot for placing a camp. 13. It was reported to Caesar that this chief had per- suaded many of the Gauls to make 1 war (378, N. 1). 14. Is the soldier able to use this javelin ? 15. When fifty-five had been killed, the rest gave their chief as a hostage. LESSON LXVIII. 398. EXAMPLES. Legionem tibi praesidio dat, He gives the legion to you as a guard {/or a defence). Pedites auxilio mittit, He sends foot-soldiers as a rein- forcement. Notice that praesidio and auxilio denote the end or pur- pose which legionem and pedites serve. Notice in the first sentence that the some , , . ,. . , Dative of End or sentence may contain a dative of service and Service, an indirect object. 399. Rule. — The end or purpose which an object serves may be denoted by the dative. 400. Rule. — Many verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, Da * iv e wi *h c m- , t /. -,-i ' , , pounds. sub, and super are followed by the dative. 1 gero. LESSON LXVlll. 189 a. These verbs are intransitive, that is, they do not take a direct object. The dative which follows them is an in- direct object (23). b. All of the compounds of sum govern the dative, ex- cepting possum (486) and ab-sum. c. Prae-ficio takes both a dative and an accusative (cp. e.g. 401, n, 17). d. Prae-mitto does not come under this rule. 401. 1. Magnas copias praesidio navibus reliquit. 2. Brittani perturbati hunc toti bello prae-fecerant. 3. Caesar eos praesidio utrisque castris reliquit. 4. Id si facient maguo cum periculo nostris erit. 5. Una res erat magno usui nostris. 6. His prae-erat Viridovix. 7. Cum nox oppugnandi finem fecisset, Remus, qui op- pido prae-fuerat, nuntium ad Caesarem misit, sese diutius sus- tinere non posse. Nocte Caesar, iisdem ducibus iisus, qui nuntii a Remo venerant, sagittarios auxilio misit. 8. Ad flumen partem suarum copiarum traducere conati sunt, eo consilio, ut aut castellum, cui prae-erat TituriUs, ex- pugnarent aut agros Remorum occuparent, qui magno usui nobis ad bellum gerendum erant. 9. Magno usui ei erit si loca, flumina, silvas cognoscet. 10. Hoc periculo cognito Caesar equitatum auxilio misit. 11. Omnem equitatum prae-misit. His Cottam legatum prae-fecit. 12. Brutus classi prae-erat. 13. Illi, e-ductis iis cohortibus quae, praesidio castris relic- tae, non defessae labore erant, celeriter ad eum locum per- venernnt. 14. Ut naves longae parvum spatium ab onerariis navibus conlocarentur imperavit, quae res magnu iisui nostris fuit. 15. Id cum cognitum est, Crassus, qui equitatui prae-en:t, tertiam aciem nostris laborantibus misit. 190 LESSON LXIX. 16. Omnia de-erant quae ad impetum faciendum era usui. 17. Caesar in hiberna in Sequanos exercitum duxit : hiber nis Labienum prae-fecit. 402. 1. Caesar placed other legates over the fifth legion. 2. The cohort was a protection to the baggage. 3. They sent the footmen as an aid to the cohorts. 4. The weapons were of great use to me. 5. The legate who commands these legions has per- suaded Caesar to place you over the cavalry. 6. Of what use are these hostages ? 7. The German cavalry were a great help to Caesar. 8. He sent forward the cavalry, but hastened him- self to the nearest hill to defend 1 the baggage there. 9. These javelins will be a great help to us in at- tacking the town. 10. He is unable to persuade me to hurry 1 to the city. LESSON LXIX. 403. r The enemy attacking, Hoste oppugnante, J When the enemy attacked ', fugerunt, Became the enemy at- \ - '^' tacked, j The signal having been given, When the signal had been \ given, Because the signal had been given, ^ {Having given the signal) , 1 Not infinitive. Dato signo, proe- lium commlsit, , he began 1 the battle. Antonio legato, LESSON LXIX. 19 1 Multis obsidibus ad Caesarem a Gallis missis, pacem fecit, When many hostages had been sent [many hostages having been sent) by the Gauls to Caesar, he made peace. Antony being legate, 1/ Antony be legate, [ we will vincemus, ~\ Since Antony will be \ conquer. I legate, J a. In these sentences notice that oppugnante, dato and missis are participles in the ablative case, agreeing with the nouns hoste, slgno and obsidibus respectively. b. Notice that this union of noun and participle in the ablative makes a complete clause, which can be translated in various ways in English. c. Notice that either noun or participle may have modify= ing words dependent upon them, as multis, ad ~ , _ >, ,,_ . , , . , Ablative Absolute. Caesarem and a Gallis m the third sentence. d. There is no participle in the last sentence. This is be- cause the verb sum has no present participle. e. This construction of the participle with a noun is gram- matically independent of the rest of the sentence, like a parenthesis in English. Hence it is called the Ablative Absolute. f. The noun or pronoun in the ablative in this construction cannot refer to the subject or object of the main verb of the sentence. g. The ablative absolute is a common construction with the perfect passive participle. Can you see any reason why? (Cp. 35 7, *0 404. 1. Navibus compluribus factis, classem sequi conatl sunt. 2. Ibi Ceutrones, locis superioribus occupatis, ex itinere exercitum prohibere conantur. 3. Compluribus proeliis gessis in fines Vocontiorum per- venit. 4. Hoc proelio facto trans flumen exercitum traducit. 1 92 LESSON LXIX. 5. Quibus rebus cognitis per fines Sequanorum equitatum traducere conatus est, obsidesque eis dedit. 6. Ea re permissa ex finibus suis in silvas fu-gere cona- bantur. 7. Eo concilio di-misso principes cum Caesare loqui volu- erunt. 8. Obsidibus datis in eorum fines tamen equitatum ducere conabantur. 9. Re frumentaria parata magnis itineribus ad Ariovistum contendit. 10. Occupato oppido ibi legionarios conlocat. 11. Caesar loquendl finem facit seque ad suos recipit. 12. Proelium non committebat, ne superatis hostibus dici posset eos ab se in conloquio circum-ventos esse. 405. WORD-LIST, finis, finis, m., limit, end. Plural, borders, hence, country, land. conor, conari, conatus, to attempt, try. loquor, loqul, locutus, to speak, say. 400. (Where possible use the Ablative Absolute in these sentences. ) 1. When the line had been drawn up, he began the battle. 2. \Vhen this hill had been seized, he tried to cap- ture the next. 3. After the camp had been placed, he sent his cav- alry to the fields. 4. When this thing had been done, he prepared to make an attack. 5. Since four messengers had been sent, he did not send more. 6. He attacked the enemy while they were preparing to flee. 7 . When hostages had been given he set out for Italy. 8 Having learned this, he hastened to Rome. LESSON LXX. 193 9. When we have waged this war all Gaul will have been overcome. 10. With Caesar as leader what can we fear ? 1 1 . The hostages who have been given by the Gauls are the children of chiefs. 12. Having followed the enemy, he began battle. LESSON LXX. 407. Review carefully 274-277. 408. The tenses of the Indicative which denote present or future time (the Present, Future, and Future Perfect) are called primary tenses. The tenses of the Indicative which denote past time (the Imperfect, Perfect and Pluperfect) are Primary and Sec- called secondary tenses. ondary Tenses. 409. The rule given in 277 can be restated thus : A primary tense in the main clause is followed by the present subjunctive. A secondary tense in the main clause is followed by the imperfect subjunctive. _ . . _, r rerfeciand Pluper- 410. EXAMPLES. feci Subjunctive. Timeo ut nuntium miserit, lam afraid that he did not send the messenger. Timebam ut nuntium misisset, I was afraid that he had not sent the messenger. a. Notice that the subjunctives in these sentences represent their action as completed at the time denoted by the main verbs. b. Notice that the primary tense timeo is followed by the Perfect Subjunctive, and the secondary tense timebam by the pluperfect subjunctive. c. The perfect and pluperfect tenses of the subjunctive have the same meaning. They denote com= Full Rule for s 8 - ... . . quence of Tenses. pleted action, see 4 n. 194 LESSON LXX. 411. Rule. — A primary tense in the main clause is fol- lowed by the present or perfect subjunctive. A secondary tense in the main clause is followed by the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive. 412. EXAMPLES. Dicit cum venerit te edere, He says that you were eating when he came. Dixit cum venisset te edere, He said that you were eating when he came. Dicit cum veniat te laetum futurum esse, He says that you will be glad wheti he comes. Dixit cum veniret te laetum futurum esse, He said that you would be glad whe?i he came. a. The cum clauses in these sentences are in the indirect statement, since they are apart of what is quoted, but are in subordinate clauses, since they are introduced by the subordi- nate particle cum, and hence their verbs cannot be put in the infinitive (341). b. Notice that their verbs (venerit, venisset, veniat, veniret) are in the subjunctive, and follow the rule for se- quence of tenses (411). 413. Rule. — The main verb of an indirect statement is put in the infinitive, with subject accusa= Fu |, R u | e f or in tive, and depends upon the verb or expression direct statements, of saying, thinking or perceiving. The Subordinate clauses of an indirect statement have their verbs in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule for the sequence of tenses. 414. The Appeal of Divitiacus. Divitiacus Haeduus Caesari ita locutus est; Civitatem Haeduorum armis contendisse cum Germanis quos civitas Sequanorum auxilio trans Rhenum flumen traduxisset. Supe- ratos, qui sua virtute et populi Romani amicitia plurimu.m LESSON LXX. 195 ante in Gallia potuissent, coactos esse Sequanis obsides dare, ut sua civitas a populo Romano auxilium non peteret. Unurn se esse ex omni civitate Haeduorum qui adduci non potuisset, ut liberos suos obsides daret. Ob earn rem se ex civitate fugisse et Romam venisse ut auxilium peteret, quod solus non obsidibus teneretur. Sed peius victoribus Sequanis quern Haeduis ac-cidisse, quod Ariovistus, rex Germanorum, tertiam partem agri eorum, qui esset optimus totius Galliae, occupavisset et nunc alteram partem tertiam occupare vellet, quod Germanorum milia hominum quattuor et viginti ad eum venissent, quibus locum pararet. Futurum esse paucis annis ut omnes ex Galliae finibus pellerentur atque omnes Germani Rhenum trans-irent. Cae- sarem solum Galliam omnem ab Ariovisto posse defendere. 415. 1 . Caesar said that he gave the opportunity of be- ginning battle to Ariovistus when the line of battle had been drawn up, but that the latter restrained his men from battle, because he did not think the time a suit- able one. 2. He learned that the council of the Gauls had been held * for many years at this place. 3. When his soldiers were pressed for want of water, he persuaded them to send him as an envoy to Caesar. 4. They defended this region with the greatest cour- age, so that the enemy were not able even 2 to seize the grain in the fields. 5. Turn 414 from Sed peius to the end into a direct statement. 1 habeo. 2 etiam. 196 LESSON LXXI. LESSON LXXI. THE IRREGULAR VERB EO, GO. Principal Parts, eo, ire, Ivi (ii), (iturus). 416. Learn the conjugation of eo (488). 417. EXAMPLES. Ex castris profectus est, He set out from the camp. Populus f rumento caruit, The people were in want of grain. EquI aqua privati sunt ut mllites biberent, The horses were deprived of water in order that the soldiers might drink. Notice that in the last two sentences the idea of separation or privation (expressed in the first by ex) is expressed by the ablatives frumento and aqua without a preposition. 418. Rule. — Separation is expressed by the ablative, often without a preposition. D f Se paration. 419. 1 . Frumentum ut quisque domo ex-portaret imperaverunt. 2. Dixit Haeduis se redditiirum obsides non esse. 3. Erant itinera duo, quibus . itineribus domo ex ire pos- sent. 4 Octavius, cum iis quas habebat navibus, Salonas per- venit. Gives cum non perterrere posset, oppidum oppiig- nare conatus est. Compluribus interfectis Octavius Dyrr- hachium sese ad Pompeium recepit. 5. ]\fultos dies terra prohibitum, tandem cum classe ex-iit. . 6. Tigurini, cum domo ex-issent, pat rum nostrorum me- moria Pisunem legatum interfecerant. 7. Ille Oricum proficiscitur. Turn subito Apolloniam it. Staberius Apollonia, qui huic oppido prae-erat, fugit. 8. Equitibus per lilus conlocatis, Antonius aqua classem prohibebat. LESSON IX XI. 197 9. Duae fuerunt Ariovisti uxores, una quam domo secum duxerat, altera quae Sueba natiGne erat. 10. Proelio abs-tinebat. 11. Ariovistus milibus passuum duubus ultra Caesarem cas- tra fecit, eocunsiliu, ut friimento eum prohiberet. Caesar, ne diutius friimento' prohiberetur, ultra ilium alia castra posuit. 12. Quod, omne friimento a-misso, in sua terra nihil est, Allobrogibus imperat ut iis frumenti copiam faciant. 13. Calenus, legionibus in naves im-positis, naves solvit. 14. Hi, cum essent ex terra Epiri visi, Coponius, qui classi prae-erat, naves suas Dyrrhachio e-duxit. 420. WORD-LIST. domus, domus, (domi), f. , house, home (472). 421. 1. He told me that he was going - home. 1 2. He wished you to go with us. 3. When he left home he first went to see you. 4. We are going to the river to bring water (back) home. 1 5. He will attempt to keep the Romans, out of his country. 6. He said that he would not begin battle, since the army of the other legate had retreated. 7. They said that they were unable to persuade the Allobroges to keep 2 their men from battle. 8. Marcus says that he surpasses all other men in bravery. 9. Kept 2 from (securing) grain for a long time, he at length went away. 10. He is collecting many things suitable for waging war. 1360, *r. 2 4I9, 5- I9 8 LESSON LXXU. LESSON LXXil. 422. Read again 278, 279, 308, 309. When the subject of a verb in a subordinate clause denot- ing purpose (or result) is different from the subject of the main verb of the sentence, qui (and not ut) introduces the subordinate clause. Legatus Galbam mittit, qui loci naturam cognoscat, The legate sends Galba, who is to find out the nature of the place ; or, The legate sends Galba to find out the nature „.f 4h„ >,7„^„ Subjunctive in 0/ the place. Relative Clauses. Marcus hominem misit qui cognosceret, Marcus sent a man who should find out. Marcus hominem misit ut cognosceret, Marcus sent a man in order that he (himself Marcus) might find out. The last two sentences illustrate the distinction between qui and ut. 423. When a clause introduced by a relative pronoun de- notes cause, its verb is put in the subjunctive. Fortissimus erat Marcus, qui tres Gallos cepisset, Mar- cus was very brave, who captured three Gauls [for he captured three Gauls). 424. Sometimes relative clauses other than those just described have the verb in the subjunctive. a. This is usually the case when the antecedent is indefinite (as, aliquis, anyone) or general, (as, omnia, all things). In such a case it is evidently the purpose of the relative clause to define 01 characterize the antecedent. Hominem video qui sit caecus, I see a man who is blind. Hoc nuntiavit cuidam qui esset meus amicus, He told this to one who is my friend. b. From this fact all such clauses are called clauses of characteristic. LESSON LXXll 199 425. Rule. — Relative clauses of purpose, result, cause, and characteristic take the subjunctive. 426. EXAMPLES. Cum obsides dedissent, pugnare noluerunt, Since they had given hostages, they refused to fight. Cum pauci sint, tamen pugnabunt, Although they are few, still they will fight. 427. Rule. — Cum, when it means since Cu ™ Causal or " • 1 Concessive. or although, takes the subjunctive. 428. 1. Equitatum omnem prae-mittit, qui videant quas in par- tes hostes iter faciant. 2. Hominem qui naturam montis cognosceret misit. 3. Equitatum qui sustineret hostium impetum miserat. 4. Quo aqua portari posset nihil erat relictum. 5. Legatus erat magna virtute, qui interfici quam exercitii a-misso salutem petere mallet. 6. Haec cum ita sint fuga salutem petet. 7. Nullus miles erat qui equitatum regis Iubae nun time- ret. 8. Non is sum qui proeli periculo perterrerar. 9. Turn Ariovistus partem suarum copiarum, quae castra minora oppiignaret, misit. 10. Duas legiones in interiorem Galliam qui duceret lega- tum misit. 11. Quis est qui hoc facere audeat? 12. Soli centum erant qui portas defendere possent. 13. Hunc legatum Caesar idoneum iiidicaverat quern mit- teret. 14. Haec arma cui dabo, qui neminem alium praeter te videam ? 15. Ibi partem suorum militum traducere conatl sunt qui cum hoste pugnarent. 200 LESSON LXXIII. 1 6. Primos qui fliimen trans-ierant nostro equitatu cir- cumventos interfecerunt. 17. Caesar, acie instructs, equitatum mittit qui hostium impetum sustineat. 18. Multi erant qui hiberna oppugnare vellent. 429. 1. He will send a horseman to inform the legate. 2. What soldier was there who did not wish to at- tack the enemy ? 3. A hill that is high can be easily defended. 4. A camp which is placed upon the top of a hill cannot be easily captured. 5. Although the Gauls had fled to the forests, he hastened to depart from their country. 6. He wishes to see some one who will tell him about l this matter. 7. What high hill is there in this region, which we can easily defend ? 8. He thinks that this mountain is much higher than that. 9. Although the Gauls have given many hostages to the Germans, they fear that the latter will send another army to attack them. 10. He says that he will not fight with a man who is smaller than he (is). LESSON LXXIII. THE IRREGULAR VERBS FERO AND FIO. Principal Parts: 1 **.*»». tUU > latUS - ( 110, fieri, factus sum. 430. Learn the conjugation of fero and flO (489, 490). a. F16 is used as the passive of facio (except in some com- pounds). b. The i is long except when followed by -er and in fit. J de LESSON LXXlll. 20 1 431. 1. Learn to unite A genitive with the nearest noun or pronoun. A preposition with its noun. The noun follows the pre- position. Adjectives with words in the same cases. The infinitive, if not following a verb of saying, think- ing, etc., with the nearest following indicative or subjunc- tive (155); if following a verb of saying, thinking, etc., with this verb, translating it as the main verb of the quotation, (i.e. the verb introduced in English by " that." Cp. 413). 2. As regards nouns and adjectives, think of the commoner forms and constructions first. Learn to think of Hints for Reading. A nominative as a subject. The endings -m, -6s, -as as denoting the object. The ending -a as denoting, first, the object in the ac- cusative neuter plural ; then, the nominative neuter plural ; and lastly, the nominative singular feminine. The ending -a as denoting the ablative feminine. An ablative, if alone, as denoting cause or means. An adjective standing alone (or a pronoun standing alone) in the nominative or accusative as referring, if mas- culine, to people ; if neuter, to things. The endings -is, and -ibus as first, the ablative, and then, the dative. 432. Curio in Africa. — IV. Postero die Curio vallum circum Uticam ducere paravit. Multitudine in oppido perterrita de deditione omnes iam loquebantur, et cum Varo gerebant, ne hoc bello omnium fortunas perturbari vellet. Haec cum loquebantur nuntii prae-missi ab Iuba rege venerunt, qui locuti sunt ilium celeriter venire cum magnis cop i is. Nuntiabantur haec eadem Curioni, sed quod iam Caesaris res secundae 1 in Africa nun- 1 Caesar's successes against Afranius. 202 LESSON LXXIII. tiatae erant, nihil contra se regem facturum esse existimabat. Sed cum certis niintiis Curio cognoscit minus quinque et viginti milibus passuum longe ab Utica Iubae regis copiasab- esse, relictis castris sese in Castra Cornelia rursus recipit. Ad hunc locum frumentum portare castraque conlocare constituit, atque in Siciliam mittit, ut duae legiones reliquusque equita- tus ad se mittatur. Castra haec erant ad bellum ducendum aptissima natura loci et aquae salisque copia et quod ad litus erat. Itaque Curio reliquas copias exspectare et bellum du- cere constituit. 433. 1. While Caesar was waging war in Spain, Curio was fighting in Africa. 2. This was announced to him while he was speaking to his friends in the council. 3. Since the cavalry had become terrified, the le- gionary soldiers were unable to hold the hill. 4. When this battle had been fought, he set out for the winter camp. 5. He is afraid to do this. 6. He wished them to go home (360, c). 7. When he goes 1 to Gaul he will wage war upon all who refuse to give him hostages. 8. He wishes to place the winter camp in this re- gion, but fears that there is no suitable place. 434. WORD-LIST FOR REVIEW, praeda, praedae centurio, -onis impetus, -us alius, -a, -ud certus, -a, -um facilis, facile quod civitas, -atis facultas, -atis finis, finis opus, operis 1 Future Perfect. acies, aciei dies, diei res, rei LESSON LXXIIL 203 ab-sum, ab-esse, a-fui. possum, posse, potui. existimo, -are, -avi, -atus. perturbo, -are, -avi, -atus. persuadeo, persuadere, persuasi, persuasus. sustineo, sustinere, sustinui, sustentus. timeo, timere, timui, . cogo, cogere, coegi, coactus. cognosco, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitus. instruo, instruere, instruxi, Instructus. pono, ponere, posui, positus. relinquo, relinquere, reliqui, relictus. facio, facere, feci, factus. fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitus. interficio, interficere, interfecl, interfectus. recipio, recipere, recepi, receptus. venio, venire, veni, ventus. eo, ire, ivi (ii), (iturus). conor, conari, conatus. loquor, loqui, locutus. proficiscor, proficisci, profectus. sequor, sequi, secutus. utor, uti, usus. volo, velle, volui. nolo, nolle, nolui. IV AFRICA 25 50 75 English Miles 204 205 206 LESSON LXXIV. LESSON LXXIV. READING LESSONS. 435. Curio in Africa. — V. His rebus constitutes ex quibusdam qui ex oppido fugerai audit Iubam regem rursus ad eius terram bello contendere coactum esse, atque Saburram, eius ducem, cum parvis copiis missum prope Uticam esse. Itaque rem proelio committere constituit. Equitatum omnem prima nocte ad castra hostium mitten constituit, ad flumen Bagradam, quibus castris prae-erat Su- burra, de quo ante erat anditum, sed rex Iuba omnibus copiis sequebatur et sex Tnilibus passuum ab-erat. Equites missi nocte ad hostes nihil timentes impetum faciunt, multos inter- ficiunt; complures perterriti fugiunt. Quo facto adCurionem equites rursus veniunt captivosque ad eum re-ducunt. Curio cum omnibus copiis ex-ierat, cohortibus quinque castris praesidio relictis. Profectus milia passuum sex ad equites venit, et rem gestam cognovit. Captivos vidit, et ex iis quaesivit, " Quis castris ad Bagradam flumen prae- est?" responderunt, "Saburra." Reliqua studio itineris con-ficiendi ex captivis quaerere praeter-misit, sed, militibus qui proxima signa sequebantur loquens, " Videtisne," dixit, " captivorum orationem convenire cum oratione eorum qui ex hoste ad nos fugerunt ? ab-esse regem, parvas esse copias missas, paucis equitibus pares esse non potuerunt. Ad prae- dam, ad gloriam properate ! " Equites praeterea captos homines equosque producebant ; itaque Curionis militibus studia non de-erant. Equitatui ut sese sequeretur imperavit ipse que magis properavit, ut ad hostes ex fuga perterritos venire posset. Sed equites, itinere totius noctis con-fecti, sequi non poterant, atque alii alio loco stabant. Iuba rex, certior factus a Saburra de superiore proe- LESSON LXXIV. 207 liu duo milia eorum equitum quos praesidio circum se habe- bat et partem peditum ad Saburram misit ; ipse cum reliquis copiis elephantisque sexaginta secutus est. Existimans prae- missis equitibus ipsum ventiirum esse Curionem, Saburra co- pias equitum peditumque instrtixit, copiis suis imperavit ut advent u Curionis viso paulatim se reciperent ; sese dixit cum opus esset signum proeli daturum esse. Curio, cum hostes quod a Saburra imperatum erat id facere atque se recipere vidit, existimans eos qui superiore nocte equitibus perterriti fugissent rursus fugerc, ut sequeretur copias ex locis superio- ribus in campum duxit. Quibus ex locis cum longius esset ]>rofectus, dedit suis signum Saburra et, circum-iens aciem imperavit ut equites in aciem Curionis mitterentur. Cum equites Saburrae in aciem Curionis impetum ita fece- runt Curio nun de-erat virtute, neque defessis militibus neque equitibus, paucis et labore con-fectis, studium ad pugnandum ^ irtusque de-erat. Equites erant numero ducenti ; reliqui in itinere steterant. Hi quamcumque in partem impetum facie- baiit, hostes ex eo loco fugere cogebant, sed equis defessis non longius fugientes sequi poterant. Equitatus hostium ab utroque cornu aciem nostram circum -ibant. Cum nostri co- hortes ex acie pro-cucurissent, hostes celeriter impetum nos- trorum ex-fugiebant, rursusque ad aciem redire conatos novo impetu circum-ibant, ut magna cum difficultate ad suam aciem rursus venire nostri possent. Novae copiae mis- sis a rege auxiliis perveniebant. Nostri defessi erant et vulneratis nullus tutus locus erat, quod tota acies equitatu hostium tenebatur. Curio perterritis omnibus imam rem reliquam esse existi- mans, suis militibus imperavit ut proximos collis caperent. Sed hos quoque prae-occupaverat missus a Saburra equitatus. Turn vero, nulla spe salutis relicta, ad summam desperatio- nem nostri pervenerunt. Complures, fugientes, ab equitatu interfecti sunt; alii salutem fuga non petebant sed in ipso loco ubi stabant defessi atque sine spe procumbebant. 2o8 LESSON LXXIV. Ad Curionem Domitius, dux equitum, cum paucis equiti- bus veniens, eum salutem fuga petere et ad castra contendere voluit ; hanc unam spera ei relinqui atque se ab eo non ex- iturum dixit. Sed Curio numquara se, a-misso exercitu quern a Caesare sibi com-missum accepisset, in eius conspectum rur- sus venire dixit, atque ita pugnans interfectus est. Equites ex proelio pauci se receperunt ; sed ii qui ad no- vissimum agmen equorum re-ficiendorum causa steterant, fuga totius exercitus visa, salutem fuga petiverunt atque sese cele- riter in castra receperunt. Milites ad unum omn.es interfecti sunt. Qui in castris praesidio a Curione relicti erant, horum pauci navibus in Sicilian! fugere potuerunt ; reliqui Varo, qui ad Uticam erat, se in deditionem dederunt. Quorum conrplures Iuba rex Varo nolente interfecit ; paucos captivos in terram suam misit. finis. 436. (See that the sentences in your Latin translation of this exercise are as long as the English sentences, which follow the Latin idiom.) The Romans set out with ten cohorts to march through (397, N. I.) the forest to the winter camp. When they had gone a short distance x the Gallic cav- alry began 2 to harass the rear rank. While the rear line of march was being thus harassed by the Gallic horsemen, the rest of the Gauls suddenly attacked the three foremost cohorts from two directions, in order that they might throw them into great confusion (greatly disturb them). The foremost soldiers, (though) in confusion, none the less 3 did not flee, but, hastily following the legate with the cohort which was in the rear rank of the three, they seized the nearest hill as quickly as possible. When the line of battle had been 1 spatium. 2 coeperunt. 3 tamen. LESSON LXXIV. 209 formed in this place they defended themselves with great bravery for a long time, supposing that the other seven cohorts would come to give them help. But the other legate, who was over these cohorts, being informed by a few soldiers who had fled at the first attack that the greater part of the soldiers of the first three cohorts had been killed, and that the rest were following in flight, 1 fearing lest his own soldiers would be disturbed, commanded (419, 1) them to with- draw to a suitable place, where, 2 during the rest of the day, he was -(engaged in) fortifying 3 a camp. Meantime 4 the soldiers of the three cohorts, lacking everything of use for fortifying a camp, since their bag- gage had been captured at the first attack, wearied by the previous march, and so 5 few in number that no chance was given of sending fresh soldiers to stand 6 in the line in the place of those who were wounded or killed, were compelled to defend themselves with their swords and shields. 7 When at length 8 (only) a small part of the day was left the centurions, since many soldiers were wounded or dead, (and) the rest were terrified, not knowing where the remaining cohorts were and supposing that they, pressed by the Gauls, were unable to send help, fearing also 9 lest they all be killed during the night, persuaded the legate to ask for the chief of the Gauls and confer with (talk with) him as to 10 surrender. 11 When opportunity was given in this way, the three cohorts, when the legate and six centurions had been given as hostages, surrendered to the Gauls. ^uga. 2 ubi. 'munio, munlre. K interim. 5 tarn. 6 sto, stare. 7 scutum. 8 tandem. 9 quoque. 10 de. " deditio. 2io LESSON LXXK LESSON LXXV. 437. EXAMPLES, Direct Questions. Indirect Questions. Ubi est ? Cognoscam ubi sit, Where is heP j I will find out where he is. Ubi eras ? Quaerit ubi sis, Where were you P He asks where you were. Quaesivit ubi esses, He asked where '"direct Questions. you were. Ubi venistis ? Scit ubi veneritis, Where did you go P He knows where you went. Scivit ubi venissetis, He knew where you went. a. Compare these two sets of sentences, and determine from them what constitutes an indirect question in Latin. b. Is it the same as an indirect question in English gram- mar? c. Notice that indirect questions follow verbs denoting mental action, but that they do not follow the rule for in- direct statements (413). d. Notice that they conform to the rule for sequence of tenses (411). 438. Rule. — An indirect question takes the sub- junctive. 439. EXAMPLE. Quam maxima oppida cepit, He took as Quamwith many towns as possible. Superlative. This sentence illustrates a use of quam with the superlative. LESSON LXXV. 211 440. 1. Ab his quaerit quae civitates in armis essent et quid in hello possent. 2. Equitibus imperat ut quam maximum frumentum agris hostium ex-portent. 3. Dumnorix apud Sequanos plurimum poterat. 4. Eius rei quae esset causa ex ipsis quaesivit. 5. Quam plurimas civitates occupare volebat. 6. Caesar quam maximis potest itineribus in Galliam ulte- riorem contendit. Quam maximum potest militum numerum coegit. 7. Con-vocato concilio et ad id concilium ad-hibitis centu- rionibus Caesar ex iis quaesivit cur quaererentur aut quam in partem aut quo consilio ducerentur: quid timerentur? cur sese de-esse virtute existimarent ? 8. Ariovistus a Caesare quaerit quid sibi velit ; cur in suas possessionem veniat. 9. Ad Ariovistum legatos Caesar misit ; quos cum in suis castris Ariovistus vidisset, con-clamavit quid ad se venirent. Sed conantes dicere prohibuit. 10. Cum ex captivis quaereret Caesar quam ob rem Ario- vistus 11011 pugnaret, dixerunt eas mulieres quae nuntiarent utrum proelium ex usu esset nec-ne, ita dicere, non Germa- nos superaturos esse si ante novam lunam proelio contendis- sent. 11. Cum ille homo quis sit mihi nuntiare nolit, ei non per- mittam ut in domum eat. 441. 1. We asked what you wanted. 2. He takes as much grain as possible. 3. He asked whether the soldiers wished to fight. 4. They ask who the most powerful man in this state may be. 5. He is informed that they are collecting as many soldiers as possible. 2 12 LESSON LXXVL 6. When Ariovistus saw the envoys of Caesar, he asked why they had come to his camp. 7. He hurried into Italy by the longest marches possible. 8. He orders (419, 1) his soldiers to carry away as many arms as possible from the camps of the enemy. 9. When this help had been given by the cavalry, the enemy were so pressed by our soldiers that some of them retreated, and some surrendered. 10. He says that they will come. LESSON LXXVI. 442. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. Conditional sentences contain two clauses : a condition (introduced by Si, if, or one of its compounds) and a conclusion. 443. There are three classes of conditional sentences: I. Nothing Implied. SI venit, viderunt, If he came, they saw him. Si veniet, videbunt, If he comes, they will see him. Si id fecerit, laetus ero, If he does (shall have done) this, I will be glad. a. There is nothing in the first two sentences by which one can infer whether the person spoken of came or not. b. This class makes use of the indicative in both clauses. c. Why is the Latin future perfect more exact than the English future in the last sentence ? Rule. — Simple conditional sentences take the indica- tive in both condition and conclusion. 11. Less Vivid Future. This represents the act as scarcely probable. Si vemat, laetus sim, If he should come, I would be glad. LESSON LXXVl. 213 a. Notice that the present subjunctive is used in both clauses. b. Notice the tenses "should" and "would", used in English in this form of conditional sentence. Rule. — Less vivid future conditions take the present subjunctive in both condition and conclusion. III. Contrary Implied. In this class one is able to infer whether the condition has been fulfilled. For example, we say in English : If he had come to town, I would have seen him. Has he or has he not come to town? If he were in the building, I would know it. Is he in the building ? SI impetum faceret, hostis nos non premeret, If he ivere making an attack, the enemy would not be harassing us. Si impetum fecisset, hostis nos non premisset, If he had made an attack, the enemy would not have harassed us. a. Notice that the subjunctive imperfect is used in both clauses to denote present time, and the subjunctive plu- perfect in both clauses to denote past time. Rule. — Conditions contrary to fact take the imper- fect subjunctive when referring to present time, and the pluperfect subjunctive when referring to past time. 444. 1. Si obsides dedissent, bellum iis non in-tulisset. 2. Si quid Romanis accidat, sum mam in spem imperi obti- nendi Dumnorix veniat. 3. Nisi quod in Caesare sit auxilium, omnes Galli domo ex-eant. 4. Si quid voluissent, venissent. 5. Id si fiat, mag no cum periculo ei sit. 6. Militibus pgrterritis Caesar dixit ; "Si Ariovistus bel- lum intuleiit, quid timeatis? proxima nocte ad hostcm pro- LESSON LXXVL ficiscam. Si nemo praeterea sequatur, tamen ego cum sola decirna legione ibo, de qua non dubito. " 7. Legatis qui a Caesare missi quaerebant ut locum con- loquio diceret Ariovistus dixit; "Si quid mini a Caesare operis esset, ego ad eum venirem ; si quid ille vult, cur i lie ad me non venit?" Caesar respondit; "Si ea quae postulo feceris, amicus tibi ero ; si non fades, ego auxilium Haeduis contra te dabo." Ariovistus respondit ; " Si ipse populo Romano imperarem quas res gerant, turn vero bona causa ita mihi imperares. Si Haedui ea quae postulo facient, bellum non in-feram ; sed si id non fecerint, bellum acriter in-feram. Si auxilium Caesar iis det contra Germanos, quibuscum nemo sine magno peri- culo contendit, quid possit? " 8. Cum ea ita sint, tamen vobiscum bellum inferam. 9. Cum magna virtute hie miles signum in hostes in-tulerit, fiet centurio. 10. Cum hunc regem non tuleris, ilium ferte. 44 5. 1. If I should ask you for anything, you would give it to me. 2. If he were in the city, I would be there too (436, N. 12). 3. If he had a sword, he would not be able to wound anyone with it. 4. If Ariovistus had not conquered the Haedui, he would not have been attacked by Caesar. If Caesar had not waged war upon him, many more Germans would have crossed the river Rhine. 5. If you wish to speak with me, come to my house. 6. If you had wished to see me, you would have come to me. 7. If you should do this, I would be compelled to be your enemy. 8. If I were your enemy, I would not be giving you aid. LESSON LXXVll. 2 15 9. If the hostages had been given, there would have been no war. 10. Would we be afraid of them, if they were very brave men ? LESSON LXXVll. 446. EXAMPLES. Positive. Negative. Mittam, let me send. Ne mittam, let me not send, Mittas, ) Ne mittas, ) Miseris, V send. Ne miseris, V do not send, Mitte, ) Noli mittere, ) Mittat, ) , . j . j Ne mittat, 7 . , . , , ■»/r- -1 r let nun send. , T _ _ .' v let htm not send. Miserit, j Ne miserit, j a. Diagram the usage in the plural in the commands and same way. Appeals. b. Observe that both imperative and subjunctive forms are used. c. Observe that the negative is ne. d. The imperative of nolo (noli, nolite) with the infin- itive is frequently used. 447. Rule. — Commands are put in the imperative or subjunctive; appeals in the subjunctive. The negative is ne. 448. EXAMPLES. Cum vis, veni, When you wish, come. Dicit cum veils venias, He says that you may come when you wish. Dixit cum velles venires, He said that you COUld Come when you Wished. Indirect Discourse; - T _ t , 1 • , 7 • Commands end Ne moneat, Let htm not advise. Appeals. Dicit ne moneat, He says that he may not advise. Dixit ne moneret, He said that he should not advise. 216 LESSON LXXVIL a. Notice that after a verb denoting mental action the im- perative veni in the first sentence is changed to the sub- junctive, and the subjunctive moneat in the fourth remains a subjunctive. b. Observe that the rule for Sequence of Tenses (411) is followed. 449. Rule. — In Indirect Discourse the subjunctive of Appeals and Commands remains a Subjunctive. The Imperative is in Indirect Discourse changed to the Subjunctive. 450. The three forms of Indirect Discourse have now all been studied : Indirect Statements (413) take the Infini= tive with Subject Accusative and the Sub= _, T . _ J The Three Forms junctive in Subordinate Clauses, of indirect Dis- Indirect Questions (438) take the Sub= course - junctive. Indirect Commands (449) take the Subjunctive. The Subjunctives throughout conform to the rule for the Sequence of Tenses (411). 451. I. Ariovisto Caesar nuntium misit : " Haec sunt, quae a te postulo : primum, ne hominum multitudinem trans Rhenum Admen traducas, deinde, obsides red-ire per-mittas, atque ne Haeduis bellum inferas." Ariovistus respondit ; "Cum Haedui superati sint, obsides red-ire non per-mittam. Cum vis, veni ; cognosces quid Germani virtute possint." Caesar cum exercitu venit et in conloquio Ariovisto dixit; " Ne Haeduis bellum in-fer ; obsides red-ire per-mitte ; plii- res Cxermanos trans Rhenum ne tra-ducito." Ariovistus re- spondit ; " Quid mihi vis? cur in meas possessionem venisti ? Si te interfecero, multis principibus populi Romani gratum erit." LESSON LXXVll. 217 Hoc conloquio habito Ariovistus per legatos dixit ; i( Con- loquendi finem ne feceris, sed aut aliquem conloquio diem c unstitueris aut ex tins aliquem ad me raiseris." Duos legatos Caesar misit, quos cum Ariovistus vidisset, conclamilvit, " Cur ad me veniunt ? " atque eos hostium in numero habuit. II. Caesar nuntiavit haec esse quae postulavit ; ne multitudi- nem in Galliam Ariovistus traduceret, obsides red-ire per- mitteret, ne Haeduis bellum in-ferret. Ariovistus respondit se obsides non red-ire permitturum esse ; cum Caesar vellet, veniret. Caesar in conloquio postulavit ne bellum Haeduis Ariovis- tus in-ferret ; obsides red-ire per-mitteret, plures Germanos trans Rhenum ne traduceret. Ariovistus quaesivit quid Caesar vellet, et dixit si eum in- terfecisset id multis Romanis gratum futurum esse. 452. 1 . The Germans ask why the Romans are demand- ing that they shall not take hostages from those states of Gaul which they have conquered. They ask why the Romans have come into that part of Gaul which they, and not the former, have conquered. Do the Romans wish to wage war with them ? (they ask). If they do, they say, let them come: war is always 1 pleasing to the Germans. 2. They wish me to ask you what you want. 3. You may come if you wish, but do not talk with me. 4. Come to me some other day, since I am unable to give you anything to-day. 2 5. I demand that you do not come to the camp if the legate be unwilling. 1 semper. 2 hodie. 218 LESSON LXXVlll. LESSON LXXV1II. 453. The First (or Active) Periphrastic * Conjugation is formed by combining the future active First Periphrastic participle with the tenses of the verb sum. Conjugation. Te moniturus erat, He was about to [going to, intending to) advise you. Te missurus erit, He will be about to send you. a. What form of this conjugation has already been used freely ? 454. The Second (or Passive) Periphrastic 1 Conju- gation is of frequent occurrence. It is second Periphrastic somewhat puzzling, because it scarcely ad- Conjugation, mits of a literal translation into English. It is used frequently by Caesar and other Latin writers. It is formed by combining the Gerundive with the tenses of the verb sum. The Second Periphrastic Conjugation is Passive and denotes a necessity or duty. Mittendus sum, / am to be (must be, ought to be, deserve to be) sent. Mittendus eram, / was to be {should have been, ought to have been, deserve to have been) sent. Mittendus ero, / shall have to be sent. 455. Rule. — The gerundive is used with the verb sum to form the passive (or second) periphrastic con= jugation, denoting obligation or duty. 456. Another peculiarity of this Conjugation is that it uses a dative to denote the doer or agent, . , ,. . . iii Dative of Agent. where the ordinary conjugations use the abla- tive of agent. 1 The adjective " periphrastic " and noun " periphrasis " are derived from the Greek. The corresponding Latin derivative is Ci circumlocu- tion (circum, loquor). " Periphrasis " means " a roundabout method of expression." LESSON LXXVlll. 219 Tibi mittendus sum, / must be sent by you. Caesar 1 omnia agenda sunt, Everything had to be done by Caesar. Rule. — The agent with the gerundive is expressed by the dative. 457. The Impersonal construction is frequent with this conjugation. Impersonal means having no personal subject. The clause is sometimes considered the subject. Ad urbem exercitui veniendum est, The army must come to the city {the necessity of coming to the city is to the army). Mihi pugnandum est, I must fight (the necessity of fighting is to me). 458. 1. Tibi exercitus ducendus est. 2. Ad montem proximum legionibus veniendum est. 3. His cognitis Labienus existimavit sibi contenden- dum est. 4. Acriter Galli pugnaverunt. 5. Acriter a Gallis pugnatum est. 6. Acriter Gallis pugnandum est. 7. Cum a hostibus premebamur, tamen nobis castra po- nenda erant. 8. Galbae cum reliquis copiis proficiscendum est. 9. Duabus legionibus atque impedimentis totius exercitus relictis ad Boios veniendum est. 10. Galba cum peditibus ad castra mittendus fuit. 11. Frumenti inopia oppidum in deditionem Caesari dan- dum est. 12. Illud mihi non dicendum est. 13. In idoneo loco legato castra ponenda sunt. 14. EI illius gladius capiendus erat. 15. In Gallos Romanis impetus faciendus est. 220 LESSON LXXVlll. 1 6. Caesar existimavit hostium castra sibi oppugnanda esse. 1 7. Praesidio in castris relicto omnes copias ad aquam ducendae fuerunt. 18. Omnia bene mini gerenda sunt. 19. Caesari omnia uno tempore erant facienda ; ab opere re-vocandi milites, acies instruenda, signum tuba dandum. 20. His rebus cognitis Caesar existimavit consilium sibi capiendum esse ex loci natura. Erant circum castra Pompei per-multl colles. Hoc primum praesidiis tenendos esse con- stituit. Pompeius quoque constituit sibi quam plurimos col lis quam maximo circuitu occupandos esse, lit multa ea causa proelia fierent. 21. Cum complures barbari populo Romano bellum in- ferant, tamen superabuntur. 22. Labienus, cum hunc locum occupavisset, magnum hostibus terrorem in-tulit. 45l>. 1. You must hurry. 2. The Germans must be kept out of Gaul by the Romans. 3. He said that the river had to be crossed. 1 4. He asked what you were going to do. 5. We must go to the city. He asks why 2 we must go. 6. The legate thought that he ought to send a legion to hold the mountain, since the Gauls were about to attack with large forces. 7. The town must be defended by the soldiers, although one of the two legates is wounded. 8. The signal of battle must be given. 9. If you must make the attack, fight very bravely. 10. He says that we must attack all of the winter camps of the Romans upon the same day. 1 trans-eo. * cur. READING LESSONS. 221 READING LESSONS. 460. The Dying Standard Bearer. In proelio cum graviter aquilifer vulneratus esset, videns equites nostros " Hanc aquilam ego" dixit, " et vivus mul- tos per annus magna diligentia defend! et nunc moriens eadem fide ad Caesarem mitto. Nolite committere quod ante in exercitu Caesaris non accidit incolumemque ad eum deferte." Ita aquila servatur, omnibus primae cohortis centurioni- bus interfectis praeter principem priorem. 461. Dying for his Men. Marcus Petronius octavae legionis centurio, cum portas oppidi Gallorum excidere conatus esset, a multitudine Gal- lorum superatus ac iam vulneratus militibus suis qui ilium secuti erant " Quoniam " dixit " me vobiscum servare non ],ossum, vestrae certe vitae providebo, quos spe gloriae ad- ductus in periculum duxi. Vos data facilitate vobis provi- dete." Haec locutus in hostes contendit duobusque interfectis reliquos a porta paulum summovit. Conantibus auxilium dare suis " Frustra " dixit " meae vitae subvenire cona- mini, qui iam gravius vulneratus sum. Ab-ite dum est fa- cultas, vosque ad legionem recipite. " Ita pugnans suis saluti fuit et post paulum interfectus est. 462. The three selections which follow relate inci- dents which occurred during Caesar's campaign in Africa. The partisans of the Senate collected in this province after the battle of Pharsalia (245 \ where Varus and king Juba, who had defeated Curio (361), were still unsubdued. Since Pompey was dead (255) Scipio was declared by them to be the only real '• im- perator ", or general-in-chief of the Roman govern- ment. 222 READING LESSONS. 463. Is Caesar an Imperator? Plancus Caesaris legatus petit ab eo ut sibi daretur facultas cum Considio agendi, si posset perduci ad sanitatem. Itaque, data facultate, litteras captivo dat perferendas in oppidum ad Considium. Ad quern cum captivus pervenisset, litterasque Considio dabat ; prius quam acciperet ille " A quo ", dixit, "Mas?" Turn captivus, " Ab imperatore Caesare " Turn Considius, "Unusest", dixit, " Scipio imperator hoc tem- pore populi Romani." Deinde in conspectu suo imperavit ut captivus statim interficeretur, litterasque dedit homini certo qui eas ad Scipionem perferret. 464. Labienus Meets his Match. Labienus, during Caesar's wars in Gaul, had been long commander of Caesar's most trusted legion, the tenth. He here appears fighting against his former soldiers (cp. 185). Labienus in equo capite nudo in prima acie pugnabat, et nonnumquam legionarios Caesaris appellabat : "Quid tu", dixit, "miles tiro, tam feroculus es?" Turn miles, "Non sum ", dixit, <( tiro, Labiene, sed de legione decima vetera- nus." Turn Labienus, " Non agnosco ", dixit, " signa de- cumanorum." Turn miles, "lam me, quis sim, cognos- cas", et statim cassidem de capite de-iecit, ut cognosci ab eo posset, atque- statim telum in Labienum mittere contendit. Equo vulnerato, dixit, "Labiene, decumanum militem, qui te petit, cognosce esse." 465. Faithful Until Death. Ex classe quam a Sicilia ad Caesarem miserat Allienus, navis una, in qua fuerat Cominius et Ticida, eques Romauus, tempestate Thapsum delata, excepta est et ad Scipionem deducta. Item altera navis ex eadem classe tempestate ad Aeginurum delata a classe Vari et Octavi est capta, in qua milites vcterani cum tino ccnturione et non-null! tirones fue- READING LESSONS. 223 runt ; quos Varus, servatos, misit ad Scipionem. Qui post- quam ad eura pervenerunt, " Non vestra", dixit, "sponte vos, scio, sed illius vestri imperatoris imperio coactos esse cum nobis optimis pugnare. Quos quoniam fortuna in nos- tram detulit potestatem, si rem publicam cum optimo quoque defendetis, vobis vitam et praemia dabimus." Postquam ita dixerat Scipio, cum existimavisset pro suo beneficio ab iis gratias sibi actum iri, potestatem iis dicendi fecit. Ex eis centurio legionis quartae decimae " Pro tuo ", dixit, " summo beneficio, Scipio, tibi gratias ago (non nam imperatorem te appello) quod mihi vitam captivo polliceris ; et forsitan isto uterer beneficio, si non ei summum scelus ad- iungeretur. Egone contra Caesarem, imperatorem meum, eiusque exercitum, pro cuius victoria amplius sex et triginta annis pugnavi, armatus consistam ? Non ego istud facturus sum. Contra cuius copias contendis, nunc cognosce. Co- hortem imam, quae est tuarum firmissima, constitue contra me ; ego autem ex his militibus quos nunc in tua tenes po- testate, non amplius decern suramam ; turn ex virtute nostra cognosces quid a tuis copiis contra ilium agi possit. " Postquam haec centurio est locutus, Scipio, incensus, an- nuit centurionibus quid fieri vellet, atque ante pedes centu- rionem interfecit. Ut veterani a tironibus secernerentur im- peravit. tl Abducite ", dixit, * ' istos scelere affectos ! " Ita extra vallum deducti sunt et interfecti. 466. An Incident at the Battle of Pharsalia. Erat Crastinus in exercitu Caesaris, qui superiore anno apud eum primum pilum in legione decima diixerat, vir magna virtute. Hie, signo dato, " Sequimini me", dixit, " mani- pulares mei qui fuistis, et vestro imperatore, quam constituis- tis, operam date. Unum hoc proelium super-est, quo con- fecto et ille snam dignitatem et nos libertatem recuperabi- mus." Simul videns Caesarem, "Faciam", dixit, " hodie, imperator, ut aut vivo aut mortuo gratias agas. ". . . 224 READING LESSONS. In eu proeliu interfectus est etiam fortissime pugnans Cras- tinus, cuius mentionem supra fecimus. Neque id fuitfalsum, quod ille in pugnam proficlscens dlxerat. Ita enim Caesar existimabat, eo proelio excellentissimam viitutem Crastini fuisse. 407. Pugna Pharsalica. The battle of Pharsalia has already been briefly de- scribed (245). After Caesar had succeeded in bringing nis whole army over from Italy as already described (170) he attempted to shut Pompey in at Dyrrhachium by surrounding his army with entrenchments. In this attempt he was disastrously defeated by Pompey. 1 He retreated rapidly into Thessaly, pursued by Pompey, who was joined by Scipio with reinforcements. It seemed to followers of the latter that success was now certain, and they could not understand why he was re- luctant to risk another battle with Caesar's veterans. Pompeius paucis post diebus in Thessaliam pervenit, atque apud totum exercitum suis agit gratias, receptisque omnibus Scipionis legionibus spes victoria augetur. Inter se de prae- miis principes eius exercitus contendebant ; alii domos bona- que eorum qui in castris erant Caesaris petebant. Re frumentaria parata confirmatisque mllitibus et satis longe spatio temporis a superioribus proeliis intermisso temp- tandum esse Caesar existimavit quid Pompeius studi pugnandi haberet. Itaque ex castris exercitum eduxit aciemque in- struxit, sed primo suis locis pauloque a castris Pompei longius. Pompeius, qui castra in colle habebat, ad lnfimas partes montis aciem instmebat, semper exspectans si iniquis locis Caesar se subiceret. Caesar nulla rati one ad pugnam elici posse Pompeium existimans hanc sibi commodissimam belli ra- tionem iiidicavit, ut castra ex eo loco moveret semperque es- set in itineribus, haec exspectans, ut movendis castris pluri- bnsque adeundis locis commodiore re frumentaria uteretur et 1 An incident of this battle is related in 460. READING LESSONS. 225 in itinere ut aliquam occasionem pugnandi reperiret. His constitutis rebus signu iam datu visum est paulo longius a vallo aciem Pompei lisse, ut nun iniquo loco posse pugnari videretur. Turn Caesar apud suos, cum iam esset agmen in portis, " DirTerenduni est," dixit, "iter nobis, et de proelio cogitandum est, quod semper voluimus. Simus ad pugnan- dum parati ; non facile occasionem postea reperiemus. " Pompeius quoque constituerat pugnare. Etiam in concilio superioribus diebus dixerat, (t Scio me paene incredibilem rem polliceri, sed rationem consili mei accipite. Persua i equiti- bus nostris, idque mihi factiiros esse confirmaverunt, ut, cum propius agmina issent dextrum Caesaris cornii ab latere aperto oppugnarent et acie circumventa prius perturbatum eius exer- citum pellerent quam a nobis telum in hostem iaceretur. " Labienus quoque, " Noli ", dixit, existimare, hunc esse exer- citum qui Galliam Germaniamque superavit. Omnibus inter- fui proeliis. Perexigua pars illius exercitus superest ; magna pars interiit. " Haec cum dixisset iuravit se nisi victorem in castra non rursus iturum esse. Pompeius idem iuravit, nee vero ex reliquis fuit quisquam qui iurare dubitavit. Haec cum facta sunt in concilio magna spes iis fuit, quod Pompeio rmperatore nihil frustra confirmari videbatur. Caesar, cum ad Pompei castra prope venisset, aciem eius instructam ita vidit. Erant in sinistro cornii legiones duae quarum iina prima, altera tertia, appellabatur. In eo loco ipse erat Pompeius. Mediam aciem Scipio cum legionibus Syriacis tenebat. Cilicensis legio cum cobortibus- Hispanis in dextro cornu erant conlocatae. Has firmissimasse habere Pompeius existimabat. Reliquae inter aciem mediam corn ua- que erant conlocatae. Numero cohortes erant centum et de- cern. Haec erant milia quadraginta quinque. Reliquas co- hortes septem in castris castellisque praesidio posuerat. In dextro cornii eius erat rivus quidam, qua causa omnem equi- tatuni cum sagittariis funditoribusque sinistro cornii posuerat. Caesar decimam legionem in dextro cornii, nonam in sini- stro, conlocaverat, et huicsic adiungit octavam ut paene imam 226 READING LESSONS. ex duabus efficeret, atque imperavit ut altera alter! praesidio esset. Cohortes in acie octaginta constitutes habebat, quae summa erat milium duo et viginti. Cohortes duas castris praesidio reliquerat. Sinistro cornu Antonium, dextro Sul- lam, mediae aciei Domitium praeposuit. Ipse contra Pom- peium constitit. Acie Pompei visa, timens ne a multitudine equitum dextrum cornu circumveniretur, celeriter ex cohorti- bus tertiae aciei quartam instituit equitatuique opposuit et quid fieri vellet nimtiavit monuitque eius diei victoriam in earum cohortium virtute constare. Tertiae aciei totique exercitui imperavit ne concurreret nisi ipse imperaret ; se, cum id fieri vellet, signum daturum esse. His constitutis signum dedit. Inter duas acies tantum erat relictum spati ut satis esset ad cursum utriusque exercitus. Sed Pompeius suis praedixerat ut Caesaris impetum exciperent neve se loco moverent, ut duplicate cursu Caesaris milites essent defessi. Sed nostri milites date") signo cum procucur- rissent atque vidissent non concurri a militibus Pompei, usu periti sua sponte ad medium paene spatium constiterunt, par- voque intermisso temporis spatio rursus cucurrerunt et statim tela miserunt. Neque vero milites Pompei huicrei defuerunt. Et tela missa exceperunt et impetum legionum tulerunt et tells missis ad gladios redierunt. Eodem tempore equites ab sinistro Pcmpei cornu procucur- rerunt. Quorum impetum noster equitatus non tulit, equi- tesque Pompei, hoc acriores, aciem nostram a latere aperto circumibant. Quod cum Caesar cognovisset quartae aciei quam instituerat sex cohortium dedit signum. Illi celeriter procucurrerunt et in Pompei equites tarn acriter impetum fecerunt ut eorum nemo constaret, atque non solum loco pel- lerentur sed fuga montes altissimos peterent. Quibus pulsis omnes sagittarii funditoresque sine praesidio interfecti sunt. Eodem impetu cohortes sinistrum cornu pugnantibus etiam turn in acie Pompei circumierunt. Eodem tempore tertiae aciei, quae se ad id tempus loco tenuerat, Caesar imperavit ut procurreret, Ita ex duabus READING LESSONS. 227 partibus eodem tempore acies Pompei oppugnabatur. Mili- tes eius ea causa impetum sustinere non potuerunt, sed omnes fugerunt atque ad castra contenderunt. Caesar, nullum spatium perterritis dandum esse existimans, suis militibus imperavit ut castra oppugnarent. Castra a cohortibus quae praesidio erant relictae acriter defendebantur ; mul to etiam acrius a Thracibus barbarisque auxiliis. Neque vero diutius qui in vallo constiterant multitudinem telorum sustinere potuerunt, sed multis vulneratis locum reliquerunt et omnes ducibus usi centurionibus tribunisque militum in altissimos montes qui ad castra pertinebant fugerunt. Prox- imo, die in deditionem Caesari se dederunt. In hoc proelio non amplius ducentos milites, sed centurio- nes circiter triginta, Caesar amisit. Ex Pompei exercitu cir- citer milia quindecim interfecta esse videbantur, sed in dedi- tionem venerunt milia viginti quattuor ; multi praeterea fuge- runt ; signaque ex proelio ad Caesarem sunt relata centum et octoginta et aquilae novem. FINIS. TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. NOUNS. 468. First Declension. — A Stems. SINGULAR. PLURAL. FEMININE. N. silva N. silvae G. silvae G. sil varum D. silvae D. silvis Ac . siham Ac . silvas Ab . silva Ab . silvis V. (silva) V. (silvae) 469. Second Declension. — Stems. SINGULAR. M. N. M. M. N. N. murus oppidum vir ager consilium G. murl oppidi viri agrl consill D. murO oppido virO agrO consilio Ac. murum oppidum virum agrum consilium Ab murO oppido virO agrO consilio V. (mure) (oppidum) (vir) (ager) (consilium) PLURAL. X. murl oppida viri agrl consilia G. murdrum oppidorum virorum agrorum consiliorum D. muris oppidis viris agris consiliis Ac. muros oppida viros agros consilia Ab. muris oppidis viris agris consiliis V. (murl) (oppida) (viri) (agrl) (consilia) 228 NOUNS, 229 470. Third Declension. Mute Stems. SINGULAR. M. M. N. N. princeps rex caput G. principis regis capitis D. principl regl capiti Ac. principem regem caput Ab. principe rege capite V. (princeps) (rex) PLURAL. (caput) N. principes reges capita G. prin cipum regum capitum D. principibus regibus capitibus Ac. principes reges capita Ab. principibus regibus capitibus V. (principes) (reges) Liquid Stems. SINGULAR. (capita) M. M. & F. N. N. consul homo litus G. consulis hominis litoris D. consul! hominl litorl Ac. consulem hominem litus Ab. consule homine litore V. (consul) (homo) PLURAL. (litus) N. consules homines litora G. consulum hominum litorum D. consulibus hominibus litoribus Ac. consules homines litora Ab. consulibus hominibus litoribus V. (consules) (homines) (litora) 230 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. Stems in i. SINGULAR. M. & F. F. F. N. N. hostis nubes urbs animal G. hostis nubis urbis animalis D. host! nubl urbl animall Ac. hostem nubem urbem animal Ab. hoste nube urbe . animall V. (hostis) (nubes) (urbs) (animal) PLURAL. N. hostes nubes urbes animalia G. hostium nubium urbium animalium D. hostibus nubibus urbibus animalibus Ac. hostis, -es nubis, -es urbis, -es animalia Ab. hostibus nubibus urbibus animalibus V. (hostes) (nubes) (urbes) (animalia) 471. Fourth Declension. — U Stems. SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. N. M. N. N. cursUS cornu N. cursus cornua G. cursus cornus G. cursuum cornuum D. cursUl, -U cornu D. cursibus cornibus Ac. cursum cornu Ac. cursus cornua Ab. cursii cornu Ab. cursibus cornibus V. (cursus) (cornu) V. (cursus) (cornua) 472. Domus, F. SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. domus N. domus G. domus, domi G. domuum, domorum D. domui , domo D. domibus Ac. domum Ac. domus, domos Ab. domu, domo Ab. domibus V. (domus) V. (domus) ADJECTIVES. 231 473. Fifth Declension. — E Stems. SINGULAR. PLURAL. MASC. & FEM. N. dies G. die! D. die! Ac. diem Ab. die V. (dies) N. dies G. dierum D. diebus Ac. dies Ab. diebus V. (dies) ADJECTIVES. 474. First and Second Declensions. SINGULAR. MASCULINE. FEMININE. NEUTER. N. bonus bona bonum G. bonl bonae bonl D. bono bonae bono Ac. bonum bonam bonum Ab. bono bona bono V. (bonus) (bona) (bonum) - PLURAL. • N. bonl bonae bona G. bonorum bonarum bonorum D. bonis bonis bonis Ac. bonds bonas bona Ab. bonis bonis bonis V. (bonl) (bonae) (bona) 232 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. SINGULAR. MASCULINE FEMININE. NEUTER. N. liber libera liberum G. liberl liberae liberl D. libero liberae libero Ac. liberum liberam liberum Ab. libero libera liberO V. (liber) (libera) (liberum) PLURAL. N. liberl liberae libera G. liberorum liberarum liberorum D. liberls liberls liberls Ac. liberos liberas libera Ab. liberls liberls liberls V. (liberl) (liberae) (libera) 475. 1. Third Declension. SINGULAR. PLURAL. MASC. FEM. NEUT. MASC FEM. NEUT. N. acer acris acre N. acres acres acria G. acris acris acris G~ acrium acrium acrium D. acrl acrl acrl D. acribus acribus acribus Ac. acrem acrem acre Ac. acris, -es acris, -es acria Ab. acrl acrl acrl Ab. acribus acribus acribus V. (acer) (acris) (acre ) V. (acres) (acres) (acria) SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. & F. N. M. & F. N. N. facilis facile N. faciles facilia G. facilis facilis G. facilium facilium D. facili facili D. facilibus facilibus Ac. facilem facile Ac. facilis, -es facilia Ab. facili facili Ab. facilibus facilibus V. (facilis) (facile) V. (faci les) (f; icilia) ADJECTIVFS. 2 33 SINGULAR. M. & F. N. audax G. audacis D. audacl N. audax audacis audacl audax Ac. audacem Ab. audacl, -e audacl, -e V. (audax) (audax) PLURAL. M. & F. N. N. audaces audacia G. audacium audacium D. audacibus audacibus Ac. audacis, -es audacia Ab. audacibus audacibus V. (audaces) (audacia) 2. Declension of Comparatives. SINGULAR. PLURAL '• M. & F. N. M. & F. N. N. altior altius N. altiores altiora G. altioris altioris G. altiorum altiorum D. altiorl altiorl D. altioribus altioribus Ac. altiorem altius Ac. altiores, -Is altiora Ab. altiore, -i altiore, -i Ab. altioribus altioribus V. (altior) (altior) V. (altiores) (altiora) 3. Declension of Present Participle, singular. plural. M. & F. N. M. & F. N. N. amans amans N. amantes amantia G. amantis amantis G. amantium amantium D. amantl amantl D. amantibus amantibus Ac. amantem amantem Ac. amantes amantia Ab. amante, -i amante, -1 Ab. amantibus amantibus V. (amans) (amans) V. (amantes) (amantia) ■ 34 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. PRONOUNS. 476. Demonstrative. SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. F. .N., M. F. N. N. hie haec hoc N. hi hae haec G. huius huius huius G. horum harum horum D. huic huic huic D. his his his Ac. hunc hanc hoc Ac. hos has haec Ab. hoc hac hoc Ab. his his his SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. F. N. M. F. N. N. ille ilia illud N. illl illae ilia G. illius illius illius G. illorum illarum illorum D. ill! nil ill! D. mis illis illis Ac. ilium illam illud Ac illos alias ilia Ab. illo ilia illo Ab illis illis illis M. F. N. M. F. N. N. is ea id N. ei, ii eae ea G. eius eius eius G. eorum earum eorum D. ei ei ei D. eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis Ac. eum earn id Ac eos eas ea Ab. eq ea eo Ab eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis M. F. N. N. iste ista istud G. istius istius istius D. isti isti isti Ac. istum istam istud Ab. isto ista isto M. F. N. N. isti istae ista G. istorum istarum istorum D. istis istis istis Ac. istos istas ista Ab. istis istis istis PRONOUNS. 2 35 M. F. N. M. N. N. idem eadem idem \ .., eaedem e'adem / udem G. eiusdem eiusdem eiusdem eorundem earundem eornndem , -j ( eisdem eisdem eisdem dem eidem < .. , D. eidem eic^ I nsdem Ac. eundem eandem idem eosdem a - j - j - 3 ( eisdem Ab. eodem eadem eodem •< .. , ( nsdem M. F. N. M. N. ipse ipsa ipsum N. ipsi iisdem easdem eisdem iisdem F. ipsae iisdem eadem eisdem iisdem N. ipsa G. ipsius ipsius ipsius G. ipsorum ipsarum ipsorum D. ipsi ipsi ipsi D. ipsis Ac. ipsum ipsam ipsum Ac. ipsos Ab. ipso ipsa ipso Ab. ipsis 477. Relative, singular. M. F. N. N. qui quae quod G. cuius cuius cuius D. cui cui cui Ac. quern quam quod Ab. quo qua quo SINGULAR. M. F. N. N. quis quae quid G. cuius cuius cuius D. cui cui cui Ac. quern quam quid Ab. quo qua quo 478. i M. N. qui G D Ac. quos Ab. quibus i. Personal. SINGULAR. N. ego G. mei D. mihi Ac. me Ab. me ipsis ipsis ipsas ipsa ipsis ipsis PLURAL. F. N. quae quae quarum quorum quibus quibus quas quae quibus quibus PLURAL. F. N. quae quae quorum quarum quorum quibus quibus quibus quas quae quibus quibus M. N. qui G. quorum D. quibus Ac. quos Ab. quibus tu tui tibi te te 236 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. PLURAL. (SINGULAR AND PLURAL ALIKE.) N. nos vos G. nostrum, -tri vestrum, -tri sui D. nobis vobis sibi Ac. nos vos se, sese Ab. nobis vobis 2. Indefinite, singular. se, sese N. aliquis aliqua aliquid, aliquod G. alicuius alicuius alicuius D. alicui alicui alicui Ac. aliquem aliquam aliquid, aliquod Ab. aliquo aliqua PLURAL. aliquo N. aliqui aliquae aliqua G. aliquorura aliquarum aliquorum D. aliquibus aliquibus aliquibus Ac. aliquos aliquas aliqua Ab. aliquibus aliquibus SINGULAR. aliquibus N. quidam quaedam quiddam, quoddam G. cuiusdam cuiusdam cuiusdam D. cuidam cuidam cuidam Ac. quendam quandam quiddam, quoddam Ab. quodam quadam PLURAL. quodam N. quidam quaedam quaedam G. quorundam quarundam quorundam D. quibusdam quibusdam. quibusdam Ac. quosdam quasdam quaedam Ab. quibusdam quibusdam quibusdam NUMERALS. 23/ 479 NUMERALS. MASC. FEM. NEUT. SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. unus una unum N. milia G. unius unius unius mille, G. milium D. unl unl unl indeclinable. D. milibus Ac. unum unam unum Ac. milia Ab. uno una uno Ab. milibus MASC. FEM. NEUT. M. AND F. NEUT. N. duo duae duo tres tria G. duorum duarum duorum trium trium D. dudbus duabus duobus tribus tribus Ac. duos, duo duas duo tres tria Ab. duobus duabus duobuS tribus tribus Cardinals. Ordinals. i. unus, -a, -um I St. primus, -a, -um 2. duo, duae, duo 2d. secundus {or alter) 3- tres, tria 3d- tertius, -a, -um 4- quattuor 4th. quartus, etc. 5- quinque 5 th. quintus 6. sex 6th. sextus 7- septem 7th. Septimus 8. octo 8th. octavus 9- novem 9th. nonus IO. decern 10th. decimus ii. undecim nth. undecimus 12. duodecim 12th. duodecimus J3. tredecim 13th. tertius decimus 14. quattuordecim 14th. quartus decimus J 5- quindecim 15th. quintus decimus 16. sedecim, or sexdecim * 16th. sextus decimus i7- septendecim 17th. septimus decimus 18. duodeviginti 18th. duodevicesimus 19. undeviginti 19 th. undevicesimus 238 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 20. 21. 22. 28. 29. 3°- 40. 60. 70. 80. 90. 100. 101. 102. 200. 300. 400. 500. 600. 700. viginti viginti unus, or unus et viginti viginti duo or duo et viginti duodetriginta undetriginta triginta quadraginta quinquaginta sexaginta septuaginta octoginta nonaginta centum centum unus or centum et unus centum duo or centum et duo ducenti, -ae, -a trecenti, -ae, -a quadringenti, -ae, a quingenti, -ae, -a sescenti, -ae, -a septingenti, -ae, -a 20th. vicesimus rvicesimus primus, or ' lunus et vicesimus 2 2 d. vicesimus secundus, or alter et vicesimus 28th. duodetricesimus 29th. undetricesimus 30th. tricesimus 40th. quadragesimus 50th. quinquagesimus 60th. sexagesimus 70th. septuagesimus 80th. octogesimus 90th. nonagesimus 1 ooth. centesimus 200th. ducentesimus 1000th. millesimus 800, octingenti, -ae, -a 900. nongenti, -ae, -a 1,000. mille 2,000. duo milia 10,000. decern milia 100,000. centum milia REGULAR VERBS. 2 39 480. REGULAR VERBS. First Conjugation. Principal Parts : Amo, amare, amavi, amatus. Stem : ama-. INDICATIVE. Active Voice. Passive Voice. PRESENT TENSE. PRESENT TENSE. I love, am loving, do love. I am loved. SINGULAR. SINGULAR. amo, / love. amor, I am loved. amas, Thou lovest. amaris, Thou art loved. amat, He loves. amatur, He is loved. PLURAL. amamus, We love. amatis, You love. amant, They love. PLURAL. amamur, We are loved. amamini, You are loved. amantur, They are loved. IMPERFECT TENSE. / loved, was loving, etc. / was loved, etc. amabam amabamus amabar amabamur amabas amabatis amabaris or -re amabamini amabat amabant amabatur amabantur FUTURE TENSE. I shall love, etc. I shall be loved, etc. amabo amabimus amabor amabimur amabis amabitis amaberis or -re amabimini amabit amabunt amabitur amabuntur PERFECT TENSE. / have loved, I loved, etc. / have been {was) loved, etc. sum ( sumus estis amavi amavimus amavisti amavistis amavit amaverunt or -re amatus, a, -um es est amatl. -ae, -a sunt 240 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. PLUPERFECT TENSE. I had loved, etc. I had been loved, etc. amaveram amaveramus c eram amatl, ( eramus amatus, _ ' \ amaveras amaveratis . 1 eras -ae, -a ■< eratis -a, -um » amaverat amaverant erat erant FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. I shall have loved, etc. -I shall have been loved, etc. amavero amaverimus / ero -. t erimus . . amatus, \ . amatl, \ . . amaveris amaventis J ens J eritis = . . -a, -um ) -ae, -a ) amavent amavennt f ent ( erunt amem ames amet SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. amemus amer ametis ameris or -re ament ametur amemur amemini amentur amarem a mares amaret am ar emus amaretis amarent IMPERFECT. amarer amareris or -re amaretur amaremur amaremini amarentur amaverim amaverimus amaveris amaveritis amaverit amaverint PERFECT. amatus. -a, -um PLUPERFECT. amavissem amavissemus amavisses amavissetis amavisset amavissent amatus, -a, -um essem esses esset amatl, -ae, -a essemus essetis essent REGULAR yERBS. 241 Active Voice. ama, love thou. amate, love ye. Passive Voice. IMPERATIVE. PRESENT. amare, be thou loved. amamini, be ye loved. FUTURE. amato, thou shall love. amato, he shall love. amatote, you shall love. amanto, they shall love. amator, thou shall be loved. amator, he shall be loved. amantor, they shall be loved. INFINITIVE. Pres. amare, to love. amari, to be loved. Perf. amavisse, to have loved, amatum (-am, -um)esse, to have been loved. Fut. amaturum (-am, -um) amatum in, to be about to be esse, to be about to loved. love. PARTICIPLE. Pres. amans, -antis, loving. Perf. amatus, -a, -um, having Fut. amaturus, -a, -um, been loved, about to love. GERUND. G. am and, of loving. D. amando, for loving. Ac. amandum, loving. Ab. amando, by loving. supine. Ac. amatum, to love. Ab. amatu, to love. gerundive. amandus, -a, -um. 242 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. Conjugation by Endings. indicative mood. Active Voice. Passive Voice. PRESENT TENSE. am-5 am-a-mus am-o-r am-a-mur <<-a-s " "-tis "-a-ris " "-mini " a-t " a-nt " "-tur " a-ntur IMPERFECT TENSE. am-a-ba-m am-a-ba-mus am-a-ba-r am-a-ba-mur " " ba-s " " "-tis " " ba-risorre " " "-mini " " ba-t " " ba-nt " " "-tur " " ba-ntur am-a-b-0 "I "-bi-s n « tt _-j- FUTURE TENSE. am-a-bi-mus am-a-bo-r am-a-bi-mur « << ^_ t j s « "_be-risorre " " "-mini " " bu-nt " "bi-tur " "-bu-ntur PERFECT TENSE. amav-l " -istl " -it amav-imus ' ' -istis -*.«« ( sum . _ rsumus amatus, \ amati, \ ^. < es < estis -a, -um ) CD _ae, -a " -erunt 1 (est (.sunt PLUPERFECT TENSE. amav-era-m amav-era-mus eram " eras ' ' era-t (( " -tis era-nt amatus, ) _ amati, i eras a, -um I -ae, -a . r erat f erant eramus eratis FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. amav-er-0 " -eri-s << << -t amav-en-mus " -tis " -nt amatus, -a, -um 1 Or amav-ere. ero eris amati, erimus eritis ae, -a . ent l erunt REGULAR VERBS. 243 481. Second Conjugation. — E Verbs. moneo advise. Principal Parts : moneo, monere, monui, monitus. INDICATIVE. Active. Passive. . PRESENT. I advise, etc. I am advised, etc. moneo monemus moneor monemur mones monetis moneris monemini mo net monent monetur IMPERFECT. monentur I was advising, etc. monebam monebamus monebas monebatis monebat monebant I shall advise , etc. monebo monebimus monebis monebitis monebit monebunt / was advised, etc. monebar monebamur monebaris or -re monebamini monebatur monebantur FUTURE. / shall be advised, etc. monebor monebimur moneberis or -re monebimini monebitur monebuntur PERFECT. / have advised, I advised, etc. / have been (was) advised, etc. monui monuimus .. c sum ._ r sumus . . monitus, \ moniti, \ monuistl monuistis ^ es X estis monuit monuerunt lest I sunt or ere I had advised, etc. PLUPERFECT. / had been advised, etc. monueram monueramus r eram . _ c eramus -.. monitus. \ - moniti, \ monueras monueratis ' X eras X eratis monuerat monuerant ~ a ' " um (. erat ' (. erant 244 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. FUTURE PERFECT. I shall have advised, etc. I shall have been advised, etc. monuero monuerimus .. rero r erimus monitus, \ . monitl, \ .^. monuens monueritis 1 ens > 1 entis -a, -um ] _ae, -a 1 monuent monuerint (.ent ' (.erunt SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. moneamus monear moneatis monearis or -re moneant moneatur moneam moneas moneat monerem moneres moneret moneremus moneretis m oner ent IMPEFECT. monerer monereris or -re moneretur PERFECT. monuenm monuerimus moneamur moneamini moneantur moneremur moneremini monerentur simus monitus, \ monitl, \ monuens monueritis _ _ -I sis __ . ■{ sitis monuerit monuerint -a, -um I sit -ae, -a (sint PLUPERFECT. monuissem monuissemus mom- r essem . _ c essemus . _ . _.. \ _ monitl, \ monuisses monuissetis tus, J esses 7 J essetis monuisset monuissent -a, -um (_ esset (_ essent mone, advise thou. monete, advise ye. IMPERATIVE. PRESENT. monere, be thou advised. monemini, be ye advised. FUTURE. moneto, thou shall advise. monetor, thou shall be adv r d. moneto, he shall advise. monetor, he shall be advised. monetote, you shall advise. monento, they shall advise. monentor, they shall be adv'd. REGULAR KERBS. 245 INFINITIVE. Pres. monere, to advise. moneri, to be advised. Perf. monuisse, to haveadvd. monitum (-am ; -um) esse, Fut. moniturum (am, -um) to have been advised. esse, to be about to monitum in, to be about to be advise. advised. PARTICIPLES. Pres. monens, -entis, advising. Fut. moniturus, -a, -um, Ger. monendus, -a, -um. aboui to advise. Perf. monitus, -a, -um, ad- vised, having been advised. GERUND. SUPINE. G. monendi, of advising. D. monende, for advising. Ac. monendum, advising. Ac. monitum, to advise. Ab monende, by advising. Ab. monitu, to advise, to be advised. 482. Third Conjugation. — E- verbs. rego, rule. Principal Parts : rego, regere, rexi, rectus. indicative. Active. Passive. PRESENT. I rule, etc. I am ruled, etc. rego regimus regor regimur regis regitis regeris or -re regimini regit regunt regitur reguntur IMPERFECT. I was ruling, etc. I was ruled, etc. regebam, etc. regebar, etc. (See the same tense of moneo.) 246 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. FUTURE. I shall rule, etc. I shall be ruled, etc. regam regemus regar regemur reges regetis regeris, or -re regemini reget regent regetur regentur PERFECT. / have ruled, etc. / have been ruled. rexi rectus (-a, -um) sum rexistl, etc. rectus es, etc. (Compare the same tenses of amo or moneo. ) PLUPERFECT. / had ruled, etc. / had been ruled, etc. rexeram, etc. rectus (-a, -um) eram, etc. (Compare the same tenses of amo or moneo.) FUTURE PERFECT. rexero, etc. rectus (-a, -um) ero, etc. (Compare the same tenses of amo or moneo.) SUBJUNCTIVE, PRESENT. regar regamur regaris or -re regamini regatur regantur IMPERFECT. regerem regerer regeres, etc. regereris or -re, etc. (The first e of the ending is short ; except for this the endings are like those of the same tense in moneo.) PERFECT. rexerim rectus (-a, -um) sim rexeris, etc. rectus sis, etc. (Compare the same tenses of amo and moneo). PLUPERFECT. rexissem, etc. rectus (-a, -um) essem, etc. (Compare the same tenses of amo and moneo). regam regamus regas regatis regat regant REGULAR l/ERBS. 247 IMPERATIVE. PRESENT. rege, rule thou. regere, be thou ruled. regite, rule ye. regimini, be ye ruled. FUTURE. regito, thou shall rule. regitor, thou shall be ruled. regito, he shall rule. regitor, he shall be ruled. regitote, ye shall rule. regunto, they shall rule. reguntor, they shall be ruled. INFINITIVE. Pres. regere, to rule. regi, to be ruled. Perf. rexisse, to have ruled, rectum, (-am, -um) esse, to have been ruled. Fut. recturum (-am, -um) rectum Iri, to be about to be esse, to be about to ruled. rule. PARTICIPLES. Pres. regens, -entis, ruling. Pres. Fut. recturus, a, -um, about Ger. regendus, -a, -um. to rule. Perf. rectus, -a, -um, ruled, having been ruled. GERUND. SUPINE. G. regendl, of ruling. D. regendo, for ruling. Ac. regendum, ruling. Ac. rectum, to rule. Ab. regendo, by ruling. Ab. rectu, to rule, to be ruled. Third Conjugation. Verbs in -io. 483. Verbs of the third conjugation in io retain the i of the stem before a, 0, U, and e, and in the gerund and present participle. Hence some of the forms of the pres- ent stem are similar to the forms of the fourth conjugation. 248 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 484. (See 483.) Principal parts: Capio, capere, cepi, captum. INDICATIVE. Active Voice. Passive Voice. PRESENT. I lake, am taking, do lake, etc. I am taken, etc. capio capimus capior capimur capis capitis caperis capimini capit capiunt capitur capiuntur IMPERFECT. I took, was taking, did take, etc. I was taken, etc. capiebam, etc. capiebar, etc. FUTURE. I shall take, etc. I shall be taken, etc. capiam capiemus capiar capiemur capies capietis capieris or -re capiemini capiet capient capietur capientur PERFECT. I have taken, took, etc. I have been (was*) taken, etc. cepi cepisti, etc. captus (-a, -um) sum es, etc. PLUPERFECT. / had taken, etc. / had been taken, etc. ceperam, etc. captus (-a, -um) eram, etc. FUTURE PERFECT. I shall have taken, etc. I shall been have taken, etc. cepero, etc. captus (-a, -um) ero, etc. SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. capiam capiamus capiar capiamur capias capiatis capiaris or -re capiamini capiat capiant capiatur capiantur REGULAR l/ERBS. 249 IMPERFECT. caperem, caperes, etc. caperer, -ereris or -re, etc. PERFECT. ceperim, ceperis, etc. captus (-a, -um) sim, sis, etc. PLUPERFECT. tcepissem, cepisses, etc. captus (-a, -um) essem, esses, etc. IMPERATIVE. Pres. cape, take thou, capere, be ihou taken. capite, take ye. capimini, be ye taken. Fut. capito, thou shatt take, capitor, ihou shalt be taken, etc. etc. INFINITIVE. Pres. capere, to take. capi, to be taken. Perf. cepisse, to have taken, cap turn (-am, um) esse, to Fut. capturum (-am, -um) have been taken. esse, to be about to captum Iri, to be about to be take, taken. participles. Pres. capiens, -ientis, taking. Ger. capiendus. Fut. capturus, about to take. Perf. captus, having been taken. GERUUD. SUPINE. G. capiendi, of taking, etc. Ac. captum, to take. Ab. captu, to take, to be taken. 250 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 485. Fourth Conjugation. Principal Parts : Audio, audire, audivi, auditus. INDICATIVE. Active Voice. I hear, etc. audio audimus audis auditis audit audiunt Passive Voice. PRESENT. I am heard, etc. audior audlmur audiris or -re audimini auditur audiuntur IMPERFECT. / was hearing, etc. / was heard, etc. audiebam, etc. audiebar, etc. (See the same tenses of capio.) FUTURE. I will hear, etc. I will be heard, etc. audiam, audies, etc. r.udiar, audieris or re, etc. (See the same tenses of capio.) / have heard, I heard. audivi, audivisti, etc. / had heard, etc. audiveram, etc. TERFECT. / have been (was} heard. auditus (-a, -um) sum, es, etc. PLUPERFECT. / had been heard, etc. auditus (-a, -um) eram, etc. FUTURE PERFECT. I shall have heard, etc. I shall have been heard, etc. audivero, etc. auditus (-a, -um) ero etc. REGULAR VERBS. 251 SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. audiam, audias, etc. audiar, audiaris or -re, etc. (See the same tenses of capio.) IMPERFECT. audlrem audiremus audirer audiremur audires audiretis audireris or -re audiremini audiret audirent audiretur audirentur PERFECT. audiverim, audiveris, etc. auditus (-a, um) sim, sis, etc. PLUPERFECT. audivissem, etc. auditus (-a, um) essem, etc. IMPERATIVE. PRESENT. audi, hear thou. audire, be thou heard. audlte, hear ye. audimini, be ye heard. FUTURE. audlto, thou shalt hear. auditor, thou shalt be heard. audlto, he shall hear. auditor, he shall be heard. audltote, ye shall hear. audiunto, they shall hear. audiuntor, they shall be heard. INFINITIVE. Pres. audire, to hear. audiri, to be heard. Perf. audivisse, to have auditum (-am, -um) esse, heard. to have been heard. Fut. auditurum (-am, -um) auditum Iri, to be about to esse, to be about to hear. be heard. PARTICIPLES. Pres. audiens, -entis, hear- Perf. auditus, - -a, -um, ing. heard, having been heard. Fut. auditurus, -a, -um, about to hear. 252 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. GERUND. G. audiendl, of hearing. D. audiendo, for hearing. Ac. audiendum, hearing. Ab. audiendo, by hearing. SUPINE. Ac. audi turn, to hear. Ab. auditu, io hear. GERUNDIVE. audiendus, -a, -um. IRREGULAR VERBS. 486. i. Sum (stems es, fu), be. Principal Parts: sum, esse, fui, futurus. INDICATIVE. PRESENT. SINGULAR. sum, I am. es, thou art. est, he {she, if) is. eram, I was, eras, thou wast. erat, he was. ero, / shall be. eris, thou wilt be. erit, he will be. IMPERFECT. FUTURE. PLURAL. sumus, we are. estis, you are. sunt, they are. eramus, we were. eratis, you were. erant, they were. erimus, we shall be. eritis, you will be. erunt, they ivill be. PERFECT. fill, / have been, was, fuistl, thou hast been, wast. fuit, he has been, was. fuimus, we have been, were. fuistis, you have been, were. fuerunt, or fuere, they have been, were. IRREGULAR VERBS. 253 PLUPERFEC l. ueram, I had been. fueramus, we had bee?i. iueras, thou hadst been. fueratis, you had been. luerat, he had been. fuerant, they had been. FUTURE r-ERFECT. fuero, I shall have been. fuerimus, we shall have been. fueris, thou zvili have been. fueritis, you will have been. fuerit, he ivill have been. fuerint, they will have been. IMPERATIVE. PRESENT. es, be thou. este, be ye. FUTURE. esto, thou shall be. estote, ye shall be. esto, he shall be. sunto, they shall be. INFINITIVE. Present, esse, to be. Perfect, fuisse, to have been. „ ) futurum, (-am, -um) esse, to be about to be. Future. \ K 7 J ) fore. PARTICIPLE. Future.' futurus, -a, -um, being- about to be. 2. possum, posse, potui, ■ — — , be able, can. INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. SINGULAR. PLURAL. SINGULAR. PLURAL. Pres. possum possumus possim possimus potes potestis possis possitis potest possunt possit possint Imp. poteram poteramus possem possem us Fut. potero poterimus Perf. potui potuimus potuerim potuerimus Plup. potueram potueramus potuissem potuiasemus F. P. potuero potuerimus INFINITIVE. Pres. posse Perf. potuisse 254 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 487. volo, velle, volui, , be willing ■, will, wish. nolo, nolle, nolui '., , be unwilling, will not. maid, malle, malui, , be more willing, prefer INDICATIVE. Pres. volo nolo malo vis non vis mavis vult non vult mavult volumus nolumus malumus vultis non vultis mavultis volunt nolunt malunt Imp. volebam nolebam malebam Fut. volam, voles, etc nolam, noles, etc. malam, males Perf. volui nolui malui Plup. volueram nolueram malueram F. P. voluero noluero subjunctive. maluero Pres. velim nolim malim velis nolis malis velit nolit malit velimus nolimus malimus velitis nolitis malitis velint nolint malint Imp. vellem nollem mallem Perf. voluerim noluerim maluerim Plup. voluissem noluissem IMPERATIVE. maluissem Pres. noli nolite Fut. nolito, etc. INFINITIVE. Pres. velle nolle malle Perf. voluisse noluisse PARTICIPLE. maluisse Pres. volens nolens IRREGULAR YERBS. 2 55 488. Ed, go. Principal Parts: Eo, ire, il '(or Ivi) (iturus), INDICATIVE. Pres. eo imus is itis it eunt Imperf. ibam Fut. ibo Perf. ii (ivi) Plup. ieram (iveram) Fut. Perf. iero imperative. Pres. i ite Fut. ito itote ito eunto participles. Pres. iens. Gen. euntis Fut. iturus, -a, -urn SUPINE. Ac. itum Ab. itu SUBJUNCTIVE. Pres. earn, etc. Imperf. irem Perf. ierim Plup. issem INFINITIVE. Pres . ire Perf . isse Fut. iturum (-am, ■ GERUND. •um) esse G. eundi D. eundo Ac. eundum Ab. eundo 489* Fero, bear, carry. Principal Parts : Fero, ferre, tali, latum. Active. Passive. INDICATIVE. Pres. fero ferimus feror ferimur fers fertis ferris or -re ferimini fert ferunt fertur feruntur Imperf. ferebam ferebar Fut. feram ferar Perf. tuli latus (-a, -um) sum Plup. tuleram latus (-a, -um) eram Fut. Perf. tulero latus (-a, -um) ei'O 1 The contracted form is the commonest. 256 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. SUBJUNCTIVE. Pres. Imperf. Perf. Plup. Pres. Fut. feram ferrem tulerim tulissem fer ferto fer to ferar ferrer latus (-a, -um) sim latus (-a, -um) essem IMPERATIVE. ferte fertote ferunto INFINITIVE. fer re fertor ferto r ferimini feruntor Pres. ferre ferri Perf. tulisse latum (-am, -um) esse Fut. laturum (-am, -um) esse latum Iri PARTICIPLES. Pres. ferens Perf. latus Fut. laturus (-a, -um) GERUND. GERUNDIVE. G. ferendi ferendus D. ferendo Ac. ferendum Ab. ferendo SUPINE Ac. latum Ab. latu 490. F16, be made, become. INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Pres. flo fimus Pres. flam fis fitis fit fiunt Imperf. fiebam Imperf. fierem Fut. fiam Perf, factus sum Perf. factus sim Flup„ factus eram Pluperf. factus essem Fut. Perf. factus ero IRREGULAR VERBS. 257 IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. Pres. fi fite Pres. fieri Perf. factum (-am, -urn) esse Fut. factum iri PARTICIPLES. Gerundive, faciendus, -a, -um Perfect. factus, -a, -um. VOCABULARY. The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of the first declension ure/eminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of the Jlrst declension marked "/." are like those cf amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab eo), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as duco, eo). a, ab, prep. w. abl., 80, by, from. ab-duco, lead away. ab-e6, go away. ab-ripit (ab-ripio), took (or tore) off. ab-s-tineo (tinere, -tinui, -tentus), hold back, abstain. ab-sum (ab-esse, a fui), 302, be away, be distant. ac, conj., and. (Before con- sonants only.) ac-cido (-cidere, -cidi, — ), happen. ac-cipio (-cipere, -cepi, -cep- tus), receive. acer, acris, acre, adj., keen, eager (i-stem). acies, el, f., 302, line of battle. acriter, adv., keenly, eagerly. ad, prep. w. ace., 145, to (denoting place to which), at. With numerak, about. ad-duco, lead to. ad-hibeo (-hibere, -hibui, -hibitus), furnish, employ [ad-habeo] . ad-iungo (-iungere, -iunxi, -iunctus), unite. ad-sum (ad-esse, af-fui), be present. adulescens, -ntis, m. (and f.), young man, youth (i-stem). ad-ventus, -US, m., arrival [ad-venio] . aedifico, I., build. aeger, -gra, -grum, adj., sick, feeble. aegre, adv., with difficulty, hardly. 259 260 VOCABULARY. af f ero (af-ferre, at-tuli, al-latum), bring to [ad- f ero] . af-ficio (-ficere, -feci, rec- tus), affect, some one (in some manner) [ad-f acio] . ager, agri, m., 59, field. Plural, the country, as dis- tinguished from the town. agmen, -inis, n., 158, army on the march, a marching column. agnosco, agnoscere, agnovi, agnotus, recognize. (Cp. cognosco.) ago, agere, egi, actus, con- duct, perform, do. aliquis, -qua, quid, indef. pron., some one, any one. alius, -a, -ud (gen., -lus), adj., 319, another, other; alius . . . alius, one . . . another. alter, -era, -erum (gen., -ius), adj., the other (of two) ; alter . . . alter, the one . . . the other. altus, -a, -um, adj., 54, high, deep. amat, loves. amicitia, -ae, friendship. amicus, -1, 47, friend. a-mitto, lose. amo, amare, amavi, ama- tus, I., 80, to like or love. amplius, adv. , more widely. animus, -1, mind, conscious- ness. annuo (nuere, -nui, -nu- tus), to nod. annus, -1, m., 145, year. ante, prep. w. ace, before. ante-signanus, -I, a soldier whose position was in front of the standard. apertus, -a, -um, adj., open, exposed. ap-pello, I., call to, address. apud, prep. w. ace., near to, in the presence of. aqua, -ae, 289, water. aquila, -ae, an eagle. The principal standard of a legion. aquilifer, -eri, m. [aquila, fero], a?t eagle-bearer or standard-bearer. The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of the Jirst declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second ^^ declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second dec»ens : on in -um are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "/." are like those of amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duc6, ab-eo), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as duco, eo). VOCABULARY. 261 arma, -drum (in plural only), 65, weapons {of all kinds, both for attack and defence) . armaturae. See levis. ascensus, -us, m., ascent. atque, 91, and. audeo, audere, ausi, ausus, dare. audid, audire, audivl, audl- tUS, hear. augeo, augere, auxi, auc- tus, increase. aut, conj., or; aut . . . aut, either . . . or. auxilium, -I, 116, aid or help. Plural usually aux- iliaries or light -armed troops. avus, -1, grandfather. a-verto (-vertere, -verti, -versus), turn away. ballista, -ae, a machine for throwing stones, used in war. balteus, -1, belt. barbarus, -a, -um, adj., 86, uncivilized. bellum, -1, 71, war. bene, adv. [bonus], 247, well. beneficium, -1 [bene-facio] , kindness. bonus, -a, -um, adj., 91, 240, good. brevis, -e, adj., brief (i-stem). campus, -I, a level place, a plain. capio, capere, cepi, captus, 289, lake. captlVUS, -1, 47, prisoner. captus est, was captured. caput, -itis, n., head. cassis, -idis, f., helmet. casus, -us, m., accident, mis- fortune. castellum, -l, a fortified place, fort. castra, -drum (in plural only), in, camp. causa, -ae, cause. celeriter, adv., 247, quickly. celerius, adv., comp. of celeriter. centum, num. adj., indeclin- able, htmdred. centurio, -onis, m., 319, cenlurio?i. certe, adv., assuredly, iurely. certus, -a, -um, adj., 348, certain, trustworthy. cibus, -If food. citerior, -ius, adj., hither, nearer. circuitUS, -US, m., a circuit. circum, adv. and prep. w. ace., around, about. circum-eo, ) , 1 .- V surround. circum-venio, j 262 VOCABULARY. Civis, -is, m. (and f.), citi- zen (i-stem \ ci vitas, -atis, f., 377, a state or nation. clam, adv., secretly. classis, -is, f., 171, fleet (i- stem). cogito, I., think. cognosco, cognoscere, cog- novi, cognotus, 348, learn about, recognize, examine. cogo, cogere, coegi, coactus [co-ago] ,317, collect, com- pel. cohors, -rtis, f., 247, cohort (i-stem). COllis, -is, m., 158, hill (i-stem) ; summus collis, 1 5 8 , top of 'the h ill. colonia, -ae, colo?iy. com-, in compounds cum. coma, -ae, hair. com-mitto, 271, bruu g ether ; proelium com- mittere, to engage in battle. commodus, -a, -urn, adj., conve?iie?it, proper. for s to- com-plures, -a (it- plural only), very many con-cido (cidere, -cidi, — ), fall. concilium, -1, 59, council. con-clamo, I., exclaim. con-curro (-currere, -curri, -cursus), run together (froi?i opposite directions). con-ficio (-ficere, -feci, -fec- tus), to complete, exhaust. con-firmo, I., encourage, con- firm. con-loco, I., 96, to place, sta- tion. con-loquium, -i, a conference (cum-loquor). conor, conari, conatus, 405, dep., attempt, try. consilium, -1, 59, advice, pla7i, skill, prudence. con-sisto (sistere, -stiti, -Stitum), stand, stop. con-spectus, -us, m., a sight, view. constituit, determined. con-stituo (-stituere, -stitui, -Stitutus), establish, station, determine. The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "/." are like those of amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as duco, eo). VOCABULARY. 263 con-sto (-stare, -steti, -sta- tus, Cp. do), sland firm, stop (intrans.). con-tendo (tendere, -tendl, -ten turn), 256, strive, has- ten; sometimes, to fight. continenter, adv. , co?itin- uously. con-tineo (-tinere, -tinui, -tentus), 233, to hotd to- gether; passive also, is bounded. contra, adv. and prep. w. ace., opposite to, against. con-venio, come together, agree. C0n-V0C0, I., call together. copia, -ae, 41, abundance. cornu, -us, n. , horn, wing of an army. credo, credere, credidi, cre- ditus, believe. cum, conj., when, since (causal), although. cum, prep. w. abl., 80, to- gether with, with (denoting accompaniment). cur? adv., wherefore? Cursus, -US, m., a running. dare se in deditionem, to surrender himself [her- self), themselves. dat, gives. de, prep. w. abl., from, about, concerning, of. decumanus, -a, -um, adj., of or belonging to the tenth [legion) . deditio, -ionis, f., surren- der. de-fendo (-fendere, -fendi, -fensusj, 256, defend. de-fero, bear away. defessus, -a, -um, adj., 54, tired, weary. de-f Igo ( -figere, -fixi, -fix- us) , fix, fas left. de-icio ( -icere, -ieci, -iec- tus), throw down. de-inde, adv., then, secondly. de-mitto, to lower. de-pdno, lay aside, set down. desperatio, -onis, f., despera- tion. de-sum, fail, lack, be away. dexter, -era, -erum, adj., right [hand). dicit, says. dico, dicere, dixi, dictus, 264, say. dies, -el, m. and f., 289, day; ulto die, late in the day. dif-fero (dif-ferre, dis-tuli, di-latus), to change. difficilis, -e, adj., difficult. difficultas, -atis, f., difficulty. dignitas, -atis, f., dignity. diligenter, adv., diligently. diligentia, -ae, diligence. di-mitto, send away. diu, adv. , for a long time. .264 VOCABULARY. diutius, adv. Comp. of diu. dixit, said. do, dare, dedi, datus, 104, give. domus, -1 or -us (see 472), f. , 420, house, home. donum, -1, gift. dubito, I., hesitate. ducd, ducere, duxi, ductus, 264, lead. dum, conj., while. duplico, I., to double. dux, ducis, m. and f. (duco), a leader. e, ex, prep. w. abl., 191, from, out from, out of. edo, edere, edi, esus, eat. e-duco, lead away. ef-ficio (-ficere, -feci, -fec- tus), accomplish, execute, make. ego, mei (dat., mihi; ace, abl., me), pers. pron. I. elephantus, -1, elephant. e-licio (-licere, -licui or -lexi, -licitus), entice, lure forth. ed, ire, IvI (ii), (iturus), j 488, to go. eques, -itis, m., 133, horse- man. equitatus, -us, m., 264, cav- alry. equus, -1, 47, horse; ex equo, on horseback. erat, was. est, is. et, 41, and; et . . . et, both . . . and. etiam, adv. and conj., even. e-VOCO, I., call forth. ex. See e. excellens, gen. -ntis, adj., excellent. ex-cido (-cidere, -cidi, -ci- sus), cut down. ex-cipio (-cipere, -cepi, -cep- tus), receive, draw out, cap- ture. ex-eo, go away. exercitus, -us, m. , 2 1 5 , army. ex-fugio, flee away. ex-istimo, I., 396, thi?ik, suppose. ex-ivit (plural, -Iverunt), went away. The g en itives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "7.' 1 are like those of amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is because they are similar to. those of the verb from which they are derived (as duco, eo). VOCABULARY. 265 ex-specto, I., await, expect. extremus, -a, -um, adj., 240, extreme, outermost. facilis, -e, adj., 348, easy (i-stem). facile, adv., 247, easily. facio, facere, feci, factus, 294, do, make. f actio, -onis, f., {political) party. facultas, -atis, f., 396, fac- ulty. falsus, -a, -um, ad)., false. fero, ferre, tuli, latus, to bear (489). feroculus, -a, -um, adj., ferocious ; [ferox, {fierce) -ulus, a diminutive here expressing contempt.] fertilis, -e, ad]., fertile. fides, -el, f. , trust, trustworth- iness. fldus, a, -um, adj. , faithful. filia, -ae, daughter. filius, -1 (Vocative sing. fill), 96, son. finis, -is, m., 405, limit, end ; plural, boundaries, hence, country, land (i-stem). fio, fieri, factus, passive of facio (490) become, be made. firmus, -a, -um, ad)., firm. flo, I., blow. flumen, -inis, n., 145, river. forsitan, adv., perhaps. fortis, -e, adj., brave (i-stem). fortiter, adv., bravely. fortuna, -ae, 140, fortune, chance. fortunatus, -a, -um, adj., fortunate. frater, fratris, m., brother. frumentaria, adj., f. See res. frumentum, -1, n., 65. grain, provisions. frustra, adv., vain f uga, -ae, flight. f uge, flee ! fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitus, 363, flee. funditor, -oris, m., sling er. A light-armed soldier who threw stones with a sling. gero, gerere, gessi, gestus, 215, to do, wage. gladius, -i, 71, sword. gloria, -ae, glory. gratia, -ae, favor ; gratias agere, to thank. gratus, -a, -um, adj., 54, pleasing, acceptable (refers to things and animals). gravis, -e, adj., heavy, bur- dened, severe (i-stem). graviter, adv., heavily, se- verely. habet, has. habeo, habere, habul, habi- tus, 184, have. 266 VOCABULARY. habuit (plural habuerunt), have had, had. hie, haec, hoc, demons, pron., this ; also, as pers. pron., he, she, it (476). hiems, -emis, f., winter. hiberna, -orum, n. (in plural only), 65, winter- quarters. (The full form, castra hiberna, is seldom used.) hodie, for hoc die, to-day. homo, -inis, m. (andf.), 145, man. hora, -ae, hour. hostis, -is, m. (andf.), 165, enemy (i-stem). ibl, adv., 65, in that place. Idem, eadem, idem, demon. pron., same. idoneus, -a, -um, adj., 96, suitable. (Referring to places or people.) ignis, -is, Yd., fire (i-stem). ille, ilia, illud, demon. pron., that ; also as pres. pron., he, she, it (476). impedimentum, -1, 116. imperator, -oris, m., a title of honor given to a general by acclamation of the sol- diers after his first victory. General- in-chief. imperium, -1, dominion, rule, supreme command. impero, I., command. (Fol- lowed by ut. ) impetus, -us, m., 294, attack. im-pono, place upon, impose. in, prep, with ace. andabl., 47; with ace, into, against; with abl., in, on. in-, equivalent sometimes to English prefix un-. in-cendit, burned. in-cendo (cendere, -cendi, -census), to burn, be angry. in-columis, -e, unharmed. in-crebuit, increased. in-credibilis, -e, adj. (credo), incredible (i-stem). inferior, -ius, adj., 240, lower. In-fero (in-ferre, in-tuli, il- latus), carry or bring to or into ; bellum inferre, to wage war. The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "/." are like those of amb. If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, al)-ed), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as duco, eo). VOCABULARY. 267 infimus, -a, -um, adj., 240, lowest. Infra, adv. and pre]), w. ace, below. in-iquus, -a, -um, adj., un- equal. in-opia, -ae, 140, lack. in-struo (struere, -struxl, -structus), 302, construct. Of troops, to draw up. inter, adv. and prep. w. ace, among, between. inter-eo, perish. interfectus est, was killed. inter-ficio (-ficere, -feci, -fectus), 319, kill. interim, adv., meanwhile. inter -Ivit (plural -iverunt), perished. inter-mitto, omit, discontinue . inter-pono, place between, interpose. inter-sum, be between. intra, adv. and prep. w. ace, within, inside. ipse, -a, -um, demon, adj. and pron., self. is, ea, id, demon, pron., this. Also as pers. pron., he, she, it (476). iste, ista, istud, demon. pron., that {of yours). ita, adv., 104, thus. ita-que, conj., and so, and thus. item, adv. , in the same manner. iter, itineris, n., 184, a march, journey, road. iterum, adv., again. iacio, iacere, ieel, iactus, throw. iudico, 1., judge, examine. iuro, I., lake an oath. labor, -oris, m., labor. laboio, I., 86, to work. laetus, -a, -um, adj., joyful. lapis, -idis, n., stone. latus, -a, -um, adj., wide. laudat, praises. laudo, I., to praise. legatus, -i, 47, legate, lieuten- ant, envoy. legio, -onis, f., 158, legion. legionarius, -a, -um, adj., 289, belonging to a legion, legionary. levis, -e, adj., light (in weight), (i-stem). levis armaturae, light-armed soldiers. liber, -era, -erum, adj., 59, free. llberi, -orum, m. (in plu. only), 59, children. Hbertas, -atis, f., liberty. littera, -ae, letter. litus, -oris, n., 171, coast. locus, -1 (plural loci and loca), 96, place, position, spot. 268 VOCABULARY. longus, -a, -urn, adj., 54, long. longe, adv., 247, far, widely. loquor, loqui, locutus, 405, speak, say. luna, -ae, moon. magis, adv., more. magister, -ri, m., master, captain. magnus, -a, -um, adj., 54, 240, large, great. maior, -ius, adj., 240, larger, greater. malus, -a, -um, adj., bad. manipularis, -e, adj., of the same (i-stem) military com- pany, comrade. maximus, -a, -um, adj., 240, largest, greatest. me. See ego. mecum. For cum me. mei. See ego. melior, -ius, adj., 240, better. memoria, -ae, memory. mensa, -ae, table. mentio, -onis, f., mention. meus, -a, -um, poss. adj. and pron., my, mine. mihi. See ego. miles, -itis, m., 133, soldier. mllle (plural milia, -ium), num. adj., indeclinable in sing., thousand. minimus, -a, -um, adj., superlative of parvus, smallest, least. minor, -us, adj. Compara- tive of parvus, smaller, less. mitto, mittere, misi, mis- sus, 215, send. moneo, monere, monui, mo- nitus, advise. mons, montis, m., 233, mountain (i-stem). morior, mori, mortuus, dep., die. moved, movere, movi, mo- tus, move. mulier, -eris, f., woman; mulieres, nom. and ace. plural, women. multitudo, -inis, f., multi- tude. multus, -a, -um, adj., 540, 240, 247, much; plural many. The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "/." are like those of amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as duco, eo). VOCABULARY. 269 murus, -I, 91, wall. nam, adv., /or. natio, -onis, f. , nation. natura, -ae, nature {of a I /ling) ; natu (abl. of natus), by birth, in age. nauta, -ae, m., sailor. navis, -is, f., 177, ship (i-stem); navem solvit (plural solverunt), set sail; navis longa, ship of war ; navis oneraria, transport, merchant vessel. -ne, interrog. adv. Sign of a question (41). ne, conj., in order that . . . not. With verbs of fearing, lest. (With subj.) With imperative, not. nec, conj., and not ; nee . . . nec, neither . . . nor. nemo (dat. nemini), m. and f., no one, nobody. ne-que, conj., and not; neque . . . neque, neither . . . nor. neuter, -tra, -trum, adj., neither (of two). neve, adv., and not, nor. niger, -gra, -grum, adj., black. nihil, n. (indeclinable), noth- ing. ni-si, conj., if not, unless, except. noceo, nocere, nocui [noci- turus], injure. nolo, nolle, nolul [non- volo], 381, be unwilling. non, adv., not. non-nullus, -a, -um, adj., some, several. non-numquam, adv., some- times. nos, nostrum (nobis). Plural of ego, we. noster, -tra, -trum, poss. adj. and pron., 256, our. novus, -a, -um, adj., 116, new, strange ; novissimum agmen, rear rank. nox, -noctis, f., 165, night (i-stem). nudus, -a, -um, adj., bare. nullus, -a, -um, adj. (ne- ullus), none, no one. numerus, -1, 47, number. numquam, adv., never. nunc, adv., now. nuntio, I., 80, report, tell. nuntius, -1, 65, messenger. ob, prep. w. ace, on account of. obses, -idis, m. and f., 165, hostage, ob-tineo (-tinere, -tinui, -ten- tus), 233, possess. occasio, -onis, f., opportunity. OCCUpO, I., &6, siege, lake pos- session of 270 VOCABULARY. of-fero (of-ferre, ob-tuli, ob- latus), bring forward, offer. ©lim, adv., once formerly. omnis, -e, adj., 171, all, every (i-stem). onerarius, -a, -um, adv. {something) that bears a burden. See navis. opera, -ae, f., exertion, work. opino, -onis, f. , opinion, be- lief. oppidum, -1, 54, town. op-pugno, I., 86, to ailacn. optimus, -a, -um, adj., superlative of bonus, 240, best. Opus, -eris, n., 302, work. Also, need. oratio, -onis, f., speech. paene, adv., ahnost. par, paris, adj., equal. pars, partis, f., 140, part, etc., hence region, place, direction (i-stem). paro, I, 171, prepare. parvus, -a, -um, adj., 215, little, small. passus, -us, m., apace; mille a little. passus, a Roman mile (five thousand feet). pater, -tris, m., father. pauci, -ae, -a, adj., 71, few. paulatim, adv., little by little, by degrees. paulim, adv., paulo, adv., pecunia, -ae, money. pedes, -itis, m., 133, foot- soldier. peior, -ius, adj., comparative of malus, worse. pello, pellere, pepuli [cp. do] , pulsus, drive out. per, prep. w. ace, through, during, by ?nea?is of. per-duc6, conduct to, draw oul or lengthen. per-exiguus, -a, -um, very small. per-fero, convey, endure, com- plete. periculum, -I, danger. per-mitto, permit, give {some- thing') up to {some one). per-suadeo (-suadere,-suasi, -suasus) (followed by ut orne), 377, persuade. The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "7.' 1 are like those of amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as due 6, eo 1. VOCABULARY. 271 per-terreo (-terrere, -terrui, -territus), terrify. per-tineo (-tinere, -tinui, -tentus), 233, ex/end. per-turbo, I., 319, disturb greatly, throw into con- fusion. per-venio, arrive. pes, -pedis, m., 140,/ooA pessimus, -a, -um, adj., superlative of malus, worst. petlvit (plural petlverunt), sought. peto, petere, petivi, petitus, seek, beg, demand, (fol- lowed by ut or ne), 256. pllum, -1, a dart or javelin. polliceor, polliceri, polli- citus, dep. , to promise. pono, ponere, posui, positus, to place, put, 294. populus, -1, 71, people. porta, -ae, gale ; portat, car- ries. portO, I., 80, carry. possessio, -onis, f. , posses- sion. possum, posse, potul (potis- sum), 317, be able, can. post, adv. and prep. w". ace., behind, after, afterward. post-ea, adv., afterward. posterus, -a, -um, adj., 240, next. postquam, conj., after. postulo, I., demand. potestas, -atis, f., power. prae, adv. and prep. w. abl. , before. praeda, -ae, 317, plunder, booty, loot. prae-dico, say or tell before hand, predict, advise, warn, command. prae-duco, lead in front of show. prae-ficio (-ficere, -feci, -fee tus), set over, place in com- mand. praemium, -I, reward. prae mitto, send before. prae occupo, seize before. prae -sum, be over, rule. praeter, adv. and prep w. ace., except, contrary to. praeter-ea, adv., besides. praeter-mitto, omit, neg- lect. premo, premere, press!, pressus, 289, to press,, harass. primus, -a, -um, adj., 240, first. primo, adv., \ prlmum^dv.J-^*'-^ princeps, -ipis, m., 133, a leader, chief. prior, -ius, adj., 240, former, previous ; prius, adv., ear- lier, first. pro, prep. \v. abl., before, in front of. 272 VOCABULARY. procul, adv., far distant, from afar. pro-cumbo (-cumbere, -cu- bui, -cubitus), fall or lie down. pro-curro (currere, -cucurri [cp. do], -cursus), run forward. pro duco, lead forth. proelium, -1, n., 145, bat- tle. proficiscor, proficisci, pro- fectus, 372, set out, go. pro-hibeo (-hibere, -hibui, -hibitus), 191, to keep (some one) away (often with ex.). pro-iecit, threw. prope, adv. and prep. w. ace., near. properat, hastens. propero, I., 165, hasten, hurry. propior, -ius, adj., nearer. propter, prep. w. ace., be- cause of. provincia, -ae, province. pro-video, foresee, provide for. proximus, -a, -um, adj., next, nearest (last). publicus, -a, -um, ad]., pub- lic. (See res.) puella, -ae, girl. puer, -1, m., boy. pugna, -ae, 86, a fight. pugnat, fights (3d person). pugno, I , 80, to fight. pulcher, -chra, -chrum, adj., beautiful. pulvis, -eris, m., dust. puto, I., suppose, think. quaero, quaerere, quaesivi, quaesitus, ask, inquire ; also seek (followed by ut). quam, adv., 226, than. With superlative as . . . as possible. -que, conj., 91, and. qui, quae, quod, rel. pron.. who, which, what. quid? what? quidam, quaedam, quid- (quod)dam, indef. pron., a certain (one), a. quis, quae, quid (quod), in- terrog. pron. and adj., who? which P what? The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -utn are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "/." are like those of amo. Tf the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as duco, eo). VOCABULARY. 273 quisquam, quaequam, quid- (quod) quam, indef. pron., any, any one. quisque, quaeque, quid- (quod)que, indef. pron., each one, each, every. quod, conj., 396, because. quoniam, adv., 1$%, because. quoque, conj., also. ratio, -onis, f. , plan, nature {of something}, affair, opinion. re-, in compounds as a prefix, again. recepit. See se. re-cipio (cipere, -cepi, -cep- tus), 319, take back, re- ceive. rectus, -a, -um, adj., straight, direct. re-cupero, I., recover. re-d-eo, go back. re-duco, lead back. re-ficio (-ficere, -feci, -fec- tus), refit, refresh. regina, -ae, queen. regio, onis, f., 171, region. re-linquo (-linquere, -llqui, -lictus), 317, leave behind. reliquus, -a, -um, adj. (cp. relinquo), 165, remaining, the rest of. re-perio (perire, -peri, -pert us), find out. res, rei, f., 271, thing, stale of affairs ; res frumen- taria, provisions ; res publica, government (at Rome). re-spondeo (-spondere, -spondi, -sponsus), to reply. re-VOCO, I., callback, recall. rex, regis, m., king. rivus, -1, stream. rosa, -ae, rose. rursus, adv., again, back again. sacramentum, -1, the oath of allegiance to the general-in- chief taken by a Roman soldier when he enlisted. saepe, adv., often. saepius, adv., more or too frequently. Sagittarius, -1, archer. sal, salis, m., salt. salus, -utis, f., safety. sanitas, -atis, f., soundness (of mind or body). satis, adv., enough. scelus, -eris, n., crime. scio, scire, scivi, scitus, know, perceive. scutum, -1, shield. se (or sese), ace. of reflex- ive pron. of third pers., himself, herself, itself ^ themselves (478); se rece- pit (plural receperunt), 274 VOCABULARY. retreated. (Cp. English "to betake one 1 s self. ' ' ) secerno, secernere, secrevi, secretus, to separate. secum, for cum se. secundus, -a, -um, adj., favorable, second. sed, conj., 65, but. semper, adv., always. senatus, -us, m., senate. septimus, -a, -um, adj., the seventh. sequor, sequi, secutus, dep., 372, follow. servatus est, was saved. servo, I., save. sese. See se. si, conj., if. Slgnum, -1, 104, standard or ensign, signal. silva, -ae, 41, wood, forest. sine, prep. w. abl., without. sinister, -tra, -trum, adj., left (hand). solus, -a, -um, adj., alone, single. solvo, solvere tus, to loose. sol vi, solu- See navis. soror, -oris, f., sister. spatium, -1, space. spero, I., look for, hope. spes, spei, f., hope. sponte (abl.), always with mea, tua, sua, etc., of {one ' s) free will, volunta- rily. statim, adv., immediately. Statio, -onis, f., a guard, sen- try; in statione, on guard. sto, stare, steti, status (cp. do), to stand. studium, -i, 86, study, zeal. stultissimus, -a, -um, adj. (superlative of stultus), most stupid, idiotic. stultus, -a, -um, adj., stupid. sub, prep. w. ace. and abl., under. sub-icio (-icere, -ieci, -iec- tus), place ufider, expose [sub-iacio] . subito, adv., 247, suddenly. suf-fero (suf-ferre, sus-tuli, sub-latus), offer, sustain, endure [sub-fero] . sum-moveo (-movere, -mo- VI, -motus), remove, drive back [sub-moveo]. The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -tts are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "Z.' 1 are like those of amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as duco, eo). VOCABULARY. 275 sus-tineo (tiners, -tinui, -tentus), 372, hold out against. sub-venio, come to one's assistance. summa, -ae, amount, total. summus, -a, -um, adj., 145, highest, top of. sunt, are. superior, -ius, adj., 240, higher. SUpero, I., 104, surpass, con- quer. super-sum, remain over, be left over, survive. supra, adv. and prep. w. ace, above. suus, -a, -um, poss. adj. and pron., 191, his, her, hers, its, their, theirs. tabernaculum, -i, tent. tarn, adv., to such a degree, so. tamen, adv., nevertheless. tandem, adv., finally. tantus, -a, -um, adj., so great, so much. tantum, adv., only. tar do, I., retard. tecum, for cum te. telum, -1, 65, especially a javelin. tempestas, -atis, f. , storm, weather. tempto, I., 133, try. tempus, -oris, n., 191, lime. teneo, tenere, tenui, tentus, 191, hold, keep. terra, -ae, 41, land, country. tertius, -a, -um, adj., the third. timeo, timere, timui, 335, to fear. tiro, -6nis, m., recruit, inex- perienced soldier (some- times used in conlempt). totus, -a, -um, adj., whole, all, entire. tra-duco, lead across. trans, prep. w. ace, across. trans-eo, go across. trans-figo (-figere, -fixi, -fixus), pierce through. trans-porto, I., carry across. tribunus, -i, 71, tribune. tu, tui (tibi, te), pers. pron., thou, you. tuba, -ae, trumpet. turn, adv., then (of time). tutus, -a, -um, adj., safe. tuus, -a, -um, poss. adj. and pron., thy, thine, your, yours. ubi, adv., where. ullus, -a, -um, adj., any (one). ulterior, -ius, adj., further. ultra, adv. , beyond, further. ultro, adv., moreover, of one's own accord, 276 VOCABULARY. umerus, -1, shoulder. unus, -a, -um, num. adj., one, alone; ad unum, to the last one (479). urbs, urbis, f., 184, city (i-stem). USUS, USUS, m., use, value. ut, conj., with subj., in order that, so that. uter, utra, utrum, interrog. pron. , which (of two) ? uterque, utraque, utrum- que, indef. pron., each (of two), both. utor, uti, usus, dep., 372, to use, employ. utrum, adv., whether ; Utrum. . . an, whether. . . or. uxor, -oris, f., wife. vagina, -ae, scabbard. vallis, -is, f., valley (i-stem). vallum, -1, the rampart or wall of a cainp. venio, venire, veni, ventus, 355, come. venit (plural veniunt), comes. venit (plural venerunt), came. vero, adv., 1 verum, adv., \ tru,y ' verto, vertere, verti, versus, turn, turn arowid or about. verum, -1, neuter of adj. used as noun, the truth. vester, -tra, -trum, poss. adj. and pron., your, yours (of more than one person). veteranus, -a, -um, adj., veteran. via, viae, 41, way, road, street. victor, -oris, m., victor. victoria, -ae, victory. vide, seel video, videre, vidi, visus, to see. vidit (plural viderunt), saw. vir, viri, m., 59, man ; some- times, hero. virtus, virtutis, f., 140, manliness, bravery. vita, vitae, life. vito, I., avoid. vivo, vivere, vixi, victus, live. The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. The principal parts of verbs of the. first declension marked "/." are like those of amo. If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-ducd, ab-eo), it is because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are deri-ed (as duco, eoV VOCABULAk Y. 277 vivus, -a, -um, adj., alive. vix, adv., scarcely. volo, velle, volul, 381, wish, be willing. vulnerat, wounds. vulnero, I. , 80, id wound. vulnus, -eris, il, wound. PROPER NAMES. Nouns of the /irst declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. Nouns of the th ird declension are masculine, unless otherwise stated. Aduatuca, -ae, a camp estab- lished by Caesar among the Eburones. Aedui, -6rum, a large tribe in Gaul which during the con- quest of Gaul by Caesar was for the most of the time in alliance with the Romans. Aeginurus, -l, an island near the Roman province of Africa. Afranius, -i, one of Pompe/s lieutenants, who fought against Caesar in Spain. Africa, -ae, a Roman province {modern Tunis and eastern Morocco'). Africus, -I, the west-south- west wind. Alexandria, -ae, the metrop- olis of Egypt. Allienus, -I. Allobroges, -um, a Gallic tribe living in the valley of the Rhodanus or Rhone, and subject to the Roman power. Alpes, -ium, the Alps. Ambiani, -orum, a tribe in Gaul. Antonius, -l, a lieutenant of Caesar's ; who later delivered the funeral oration over Caesar's body (see Shakes- peare, li fulius Caesar") ; rose as a triumvir to su- preme power over the eastern half of the Roman domin- ion, and was finally defeated with Cleopatra by Octavius, the first Roman emperor, at Actium. 279 280 PROPER NAMES. Anquillaria, -ae, a town in Epirus. Apollonia, -ae, a town in Epirus. ApSUS, -1, a river in Epirus. Aquitanus, -a, -um, an in- habitant of Aquitania. Aquitania, -ae, the south- western portion of Gaul. Arar, Araris, a tributary of the river Rhodanus {Rhone). Ariovistus, -l, a German chief who invaded Gaul, but was defeated by Caesar. Aristius, -i. ArniiS, -l, the river Arno, in Italy. Arverni, -drum, a Gallic tribe. Asia, -ae, a Roman province in western Asia Minor. Atrebates, -um, a tribe in Gaul. Aulus, -I, Auster, -tri, the south wind. Baculus, -I. Bagrada, -ae, a river in the Roman province of Africa. Belgae, -arum, the inhab- itants of northeastern Gaul. Bellovaci, orum, a tribe of the Belgae. Bibracte, -is, the capital of the Aedui. Bibulus, -I. Boil, -orum, a tribe which took part with the Helvetii in the invasion of central Gaul. Brittania, -ae, Britain, at the time of Caesar covered with dense forests and inhab- ited by tribes of the same race as the Gauls. Caeroesi, -orum, a tribe of Gaul. Caesar, -aris. (i) Caiusfu- lius Caesar. (2) Lucius Caesar, commander of a fleet stationed off the coast of Africa to oppose Curio's in- vasion of thai province. Caius, -1. Calenus, -1, a lieutenant of Caesar. Candavia, -ae, a district in eastern Epirus. Cannae, -arum, the scene of the great defeat of the Ro- mans by Hannibal. Carnutes, -um, a tribe in Gaul. Carthago, -inis, Carthage, a Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. Nouns of the third declension are masculine, unless otherwise stated. PROPER NAMES. 281 great commercial city and bitter rival 0/ Rome. Casticus, -I. Castra Cornelia, a place upon the coast near Ulica, in the Roman province of Africa. Ceutrones, -um, a tribe in Gaul. Christus, -l, Christ. Cicero, -onis, a lieutenant of Caesar, and brother of the famous orator. Cilicia, -ae, a country in southern Asia Minor. Claudius, -1. Cleopatra, -ae, a famous queen of Egypt. Clupea "-ae, a town in the Ro- vian province of Africa. Cnaeus, -1. Cominius, -1. Commius, -1. Considius, 1. Coponius, -1. Cornelia, -ae. Crassus, -1. Crastinus, 1. Creta, -ae, the island of Crete. Curio, -onis, a lieutenant of Caesar, in command of an army ivhich invaded the Roman province of Africa. Daci, -orum, the inhabitants of Dacia, east of the river Danube. Divitiacus, -1, a chief of the Aedui. Domitius, -1. Dumnorix, -rigis, a chief of the Aedui ; the brother of Divitiacus. Dyrrhachium, -1, a town in Epirus. Eburones, -um, a tribe of the Belgae. Epirus, -1, a district border- ing the Adriatic Sea, north of Greece. Fabius, -I. Galba, -ae, m. Gallia, -ae, the country of Gaul. Galli, -orum, the Gauls. Garumna, -ae, a river in Gaul, now the Garonne. Genava, -ae, a town on the borders of Helvetia, now Geneva. Germania, -ae, Germany : at the time of Caesar covered with forests and inhabited by many semi-savage tribes. German!, -orum, the inhabit- ants af Germany. Graecia, -ae, the country of Greece. Graeci, -orum, the Greeks. 2^2 PROPER NAMES. Hadrumentum, -I, a town in Africa. Hamilcar, -aris, a Cartha- ginian general : the father of Hannibal. Hannibal, -alis, the invader of Italy, during Rome 's second war with Carthage. Hasdrubal, -alis, the brother of Hannibal : commander in Spain during the second war of Carthage with Rome. Helvetia, -ae, a district of Gaul ; the modern Swit- zerland. Helvetil, -orum, the inhabit- ants of Helvetia. Hercynia silva, a great for- est along the upper Danube, Herminius, -I. Hispania, -ae, Spain : a province of the Roman do- minion. Hispanus, -1, Spaniard. Her da, -ae, a town in Spain, now Lerida. Italia, -ae, Italy. Iuba, -ae, m., King of the tribes living north of the Sahara desert and south and west of the Ro?nan province of Africa. Ladienus, -l, one of Caesar's most trusted lieutenants in the conquest of Gaul ; but during the civil war one of his bitterest enemies. Latini, -orum, the inhabitants of Latium, the district to the south of Rome. Libo, -onis. Licinius, -I. Lingones, -um, a Gallic tribe. Lucius, -I. Macedonia, -ae, a Roman province. Manilius, -I. Marcus, -I. Menapii, -orum, a Gallic tribe. Morini, -orum, a Gallic tribe. Nymphaeum, -i, a place in JEpirus. Oceanus, -I, the Atlantic Ocean. Oricum, -l, a town in Epirus. Padus, -1, the river Po, in north Italy. Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. Nouns of the third declension are masculine, unless otherwise stated. PROPER NAMES. 283 Palaeste, -es, f. . a harbor of Epirus. Petronius, -1. Petrosidius, 1. Pharsalia, -ae, a place in Thessaiy, where Caesar de- feated Pompey. Pharsalicus, -a, -urn, adj., of Pharsalia. Piso, -onis. Plancus, -1. Pompeius, -l, the famous gen- eral, a contemporary, and finally the opponent of Caesar. Provincia, -ae, the Province : referring to the Roman province in Southern Gaul, of which Caesar was gov- ernor at the beginning of his conquest of the Gauls. Ptolomaeus, -I, Ptolomy, the title of the kings of Egypt. Publius, -1. Pullo, -onis. Quintilius, -1. Rebilus, -1. Regulus, -I. Remi, -drum, a tribe in Gaul. Remus, -I. Rhenus, -l, the river Rhine. Roma, -ae, the city Rome. Roman!, -orum, the Romans. Rufus, -1. Saburra, -ae, -m, a lieutenant of King fuba, a?i opponent of Curio Salonae, -arum, a town upon the Adriatic Sea. Sclpi6,-6nis, a Roman general who fought with Hasdrubal in Spain, and finally de- feated Hannibal at Zama. Sequani, -Drum, a Gallic tribe. Sextius, -1. Sextus, -1. Sicilia, -ae, the island of Sicily. Staberius, -1. Suebl, -orum, a tribe of Ger- mans. Sugambri, -orum, a tribe of Germans. Sulla, -ae, m., a famous Ro- man general, of the genera- tion before Caesar. Syria, -ae, a Roman province. Syriacus, -a, -um, adj. Syrian. Thapsus, -i, a town in the Roman province of Africa. Thessalia, -ae, Thessaiy. Thracia, -ae, the country of 2~hrace. Thrax, Thracis, an inhabi- tant of Thrace. Tiber, -is, the river Tiber. Ticida, -ae. Ticinus, -1. Tigurini, -orum, a sub-tribe or canton of the Helvetii. 284 PROPER NAMES. Titurius, -I. Titus, -I. Treveri, -Drum, a tribe of the Belgae. Tulingi, -Drum, a tribe which joined with the Helveiii in the invasion of central Gaul. Tusculum, -i, a town in La- tium. Usipites, -urn, a tribe of Ger- mans. Utica, ae, a large city in the Roman province of Africa. Varus, -1, a lieutenant of Pompey, opposed to Curio in the Roman province of Africa. Valerius, -1. Velocassi, orum, a tribe of Gaul. Volcae Tectosages, a tribe of Gauls living in Germany. Vorenus, -1. Zama, -ae, a place near Car- thage, where Hannibal was defeated by Scipio. Nouns of \\\&Jirst declension 2x0. feminine, unless otherwise stated. Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine Nouns of the second declension in -urn are neuter. Nouns of the th ird declension are masculine, unless otherwise stated. RULES OF SYNTAX ARRANGED SYSTEMATICALLY FOR READY REFERENCE. A. denotes Allen and Greenough's Latin Grammar; B., Ben- nett's 1 ; G., Gildersleeve's; H., Harkness'.* 28. Appositives agree in case with the nouns which they limit. A. 183, 184. B. 169. 2. G. 321. H. 393. 30. A predicate noun agrees with the subject in case. A. 183, 185. B. 168. G. 325. H. 393. 109. A relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent in gender and number, but its case depends upon the construc- tion of the clause in which it stands. A. 198. B. 250. G. 614. H. 396. NOMINATIVE. 21. The nominative is the case of the subject. A. 173. B. 166. G. 203. H. 387. ACCUSATIVE. 22. The direct object of a verb is put in the accusative. A. 237. B. 173. G. 328. H. 404. 261. Duration of time and extent of space are expressed by the accusative. A. 256, 257. B. 181. G. 335, 336. H. 417. 340. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. A. 173. 2. B. 330, 331. G. 420. H. 414, 415. 1 School edition. 2 Revised edition. 285 286 RULES OF SYNTAX. 360. With names of towns, the place to which is expressed by the accusative without a preposition. A. 258, b. B. 182. G. 337. H. 418. DATIVE. 23. The indirect object of a verb is put in the dative. A. 255. B. 187. G. 345, 348. H. 424. 35. The dative is used with sum to denote the possessor, the thing possessed being the subject. A. 231. B. 190. G. 349.. H. 430. 375. Most verbs meaning to favor, please, believe, trust, help, and their opposites; also, to persuade, command, obey, serve, resist, and the like, are followed by the dative. A. 227. B. 187. II. a. G. 346. H. 426. 399. The end or purpose which an object serves may be denoted by the dative. A. 233. B. 191. G. 356. H. 433. 400. Many verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, and super are followed by the dative. A. 228. B. 187. III. G. 347. H. 429. 456. The agent with the gerundive is expressed by the dative. A. 232. B. 189. G. 355. H. 431. GENITIVE. 149. A person or thing may be described by the ablative or the genitive of a noun, if an adjective be used with the noun. A. 215. B. 203. G. 365. H. 440. 3. ABLATIVE. 69. The means or instrument of an action is expressed by the ablative. A. 248. c. I. B. 218. G. 401. H. 476. 78. The agent with a passive verb is expressed by the ablative with a or ab. A. 246. B. 216. C. 401. H. 467. 89. The manner of an action is expressed by the ablative with cum, unless an adjective is used with the ablative, when cum may be omitted. A. 248. B. 220. G. 399. H. 473. 3. RULES OF SYNTAX. 287 137. Cause may be expressed by the ablative. A. 245. B. 219. G. 408. H. 475. 149. A person or thing may be described by the ablative or the genitive of a noun, if an adjective be used with the noun. A. 251. B. 224. G. 400. H. 473. 2. 174. Time when, or within which, is expressed by the ablative. A. 256. B. 230, 231. G. 393. H. 486. 194. The ablative of specification is used to point out in what respect a statement is true. A. 253. B. 226. G. 397. H. 480. 222. The ablative is used with comparatives in the sense of " than " when quam is omitted. A. 247. B. 217. G. 398. H. 471. 370. Utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and their com- pounds, govern the ablative. A. 249. B. 218. 1. G. 407. H. 477- I- 418. Separation is expressed by the ablative, often without a preposition. A. 243. B. 214. G. 390. H. 461, 464. THE SUBJUNCTIVE. THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDEPENDENT SENTENCES. 447. Commands are put in the imperative or subjunctive; appeals in the subjunctive. The negative is ne. A. 266, 269. B. 275, 281. G. 260, 263, 266—270. H. 559, 560. 438. An indirect question takes the subjunctive. A. 334. B. 300, 315. 1. G. 467. H. 649. II. 650. SEQUENCE OF TENSES IN SUBORDINATE CLAUSES. 411. A primary tense in the main clause is followed by the present or perfect subjunctive. A secondary tense in the main clause is followed by the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive. A. 285, 286, B. 267. G. 509-5!!. H. 543-545- 288 RULES OF SYNTAX. \ THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN SUBORDINATE CLAUSES. 279. Purpose is expressed by Ut and ne with the sub- junctive. A. 317, 331. B. 282, 295, 296. G. 545-548. H. 568. 309. The result of an action is expressed by the subjunc- tive with ut and ut non. A. 319, 332. B. 284, 297. G- 55 I -553- H - 57°> 57*- 425. Relative clauses of purpose, result, cause, and charac- teristic take the subjunctive. A. 317. 2, 319. 2, 320. B. 282. 2, 284. 2, 283. G. 630, 631, 633. H. 590, 591. 1, 2, 592. 353. The subjunctive with Ut or ne is used after verbs of fearing; ut meaning " that not," and ne "that" or "lest." A. 331 f. B. 296. 2. G. 550. H. 567. 384. (Cum, temporal.) Cum, meaning "when," is fol- lowed by the subjunctive if the tense is the imperfect or pluperfect, otherwise by the indicative. A. 325. B. 288, 289. G. 580, 585. H. 600. 427. (Cum, causal or concessive.) Cum, when it means "since" or "although," takes the subjunctive. A. 326. B. 286. 2, 309. 3. G. 586, 587. H. 598. 449. In indirect discourse, the subjunctive of appeals and commands remains a subjunctive. The imperative is, in indirect discourse, changed to the subjunctive. A. 339. B. 316, 654, 652. H. 642. 413. The subordinate clauses of an indirect statement have their verbs in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule for the sequence of tenses. A. 336. 2. B. B. 314, 318. G. 508, 509. H. 643, 644. 443. II. Less vivid future conditions take the present sub- junctive in both condition and conclusion. A. 307. 2. B - 3°3- G - 59 6 - H - 576. 443. III. Conditions contrary to fact take the imperfect subjunctive when referring to present -time, ani. the pluper- RULES OF SYNTAX. 289 feet subjunctive when referring to past time. A. 308. B. 304. G. 597. H. 579. THE INFINITIVE. 340. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. A. 173. 2. B. 330, 331. G. 420. H. 414, 415. 346. The tenses of the infinitive in indirect statements denote past, present, or future, relatively to the time denoted by the verb of saying. A. 336. A. B. 317. G. 530, 531. H. 617-620. INDIRECT STATEMENTS. 341. Statements after verbs and other expressions of say- ing, thinking, knowing, and perceiving are calle 1 Indirect Statements. A. 335, 336. B. 313, 314. G. 648. H. 641, 649. 413. The main verb of an indirect statement is put in the infinitive with subject accusative, and depends upon the verb or expression of saying, thinking, or perceiving. A. 336. 2. B. 314. G. 650. H. 642. 346. The tenses of the infinitive in indirect statements denote past, present, or future, relatively to the time denoted by the verb of saying. A. 336. A. B. 317. G. 530, 531. H. 617—620. 413. The subordinate clauses of an indirect statement have their verbs in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule for the sequence of tenses. A. 336. B. B. 318. G. 508, 509. H. 643, 644. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 443. I. Simple conditional sentences take the indicative in both condition and conclusion. A. 306, 307. I. B. 302. G - 595- H - 574- 443. II. Less vivid future conditions take the present sub- 290 RULES OF SYNTAX. junctive in both condition and conclusion. A. 307. 2. B. 30.3. G. 596. H. 576. 443. III. Conditions contrary to fact take the imperfect subjunctive when referring to present time, and the pluper- fect subjunctive when referring to past time. A. 308. B. 304. G- 597- H. 579. THE GERUNDIVE. 455. The gerundive is used with the verb sum to form the passive (or second) periphrastic conjugation, denoting obli- gation or duty. A. 113. d. I. 129. B. 115, 337. 7. G. 251. H. 621. 456. The agent with the gerundive is expressed by the dative. A. 232. B. 189. G. 215. 2, 355. H. 431. INDEX. References are to paragraphs. a, stem-vowel, 19, d. -a, 142, a; 431, 2. -a, 431, 2. a, ab., 78. ab-sum, 400, b. Ablative, 431, 2; Absolute, 403. of Agent, 77; 78. of Cause, 137; 43 h 2 - with Comparatives, 223. with certain Deponents, 370. Descriptive, 149. with in, 31. of Manner, 89. of Means or Instrument, 68; 69; 77, a \ 43 1 , 2 - of Separation, 418. of Specification, 194. of Time, 174. Accent, 8, Accusative; Direct Object, 16, 22. with in, 38. of Place Whither, 360. of Time and Space, 261. Subject of Infinitive, 340. acer, 160. Active Periphrastic Conjugation, 453- Active Voice denned. 73, a. Action; completed, 359, b. incompleted, 275. ad with Gerundive and Gerund, 392. Adjectives; 82, a; 89; 149, a\ 169; 431, 1, 2. Agreement of, 3, a; 16, e. Comparing of; regular, 219; 220 ; 230 ; irregular, 228 ; 235; 2 37- Adjectives; Demonstrative, 94; ioo; 120; 121. of First and Second Declen- sions, 50; 51. Interrogative, 114. Irregular, 125. Predicate, 52. Possessive, 285. Reason for terminations, 50, b. of Third Declension, 160; 167. Adverbs; 230; comparing of, 249 ; formation of, 242 ; 243. Agent; Ablative of, 77; 78. Dative of, 456. ager, 56. Agreement; of adjectives, 13, a\ 16, c\ 50, b; of relative pro- nouns, 109; of verbs, 63. aliquis, 124. alius, 125. Allied Words; Use explained, 131. altior, 221. Alphabet, I. amans, 358. amo, 73; 82. Antecedent, 108. Antepenult, 6, 3; 8, 3. Appeal of Divitiacus, 414. Appeal of Gauls to Caesar, 350. Appeals, 447 ; in indirect dis- course, 449. Apposition, 27; 28. Article wanting, 13, b. -as, 431, 2. audio, 323. B. -ba, 188; 333. Bacillus Centurio, 315; 320. bonus, 50; 82, a. 291 292 INDEX. c; pronunciation of, 5. Is Caesar an " Imperator" ? 463. Caesar at que CI as sis Pompei, 170 (Introduction); 176; 183; 190; 196; 201. Caesar et Afrdnius, 262 (Intro- duction); 263; 270; 288; 293; 301; 306. Caesar et Ariovistus, 102, II. Cardinal numerals, 296; 298. capio, 258. caput, 130. Cases; names of, 9. Cause; Ablative of, 137; 431, 2; Relative Clauses of, 423. centum, 298. ch; pronunciation of, 5. Characteristic ; Relative clauses of, 424. Clause; defined, 161, I; main, 161, 2 ; subordinate, 161, 4 ; 274; 412; 450. collis, 147. Commands; 447; in indirect dis- course, 449; 450. Common constructions, 431, 2. Comparatives; how declined, 221; meanings, 219; 223 Comparing; of Adjectives; regu- lar, 219, 220; 230; irregu- lar, 228; 235-237. of Adverbs; 249. Complementary Infinitive, 155 ; position, 155, b. Completed action, 410, a. Compounds; defined, 6, a; gov- erning Dative, 400. Conditional Sentences, 443. Conjugations; analysis of forms, 33 2 - Conjugation; First, 73; 82. Second, 179; 186. Third, 205; 210; in io, 258. Fourth, 323. Periphrastic Active, 453 ; Passive, 455. Consonants; classification, 2 ; double, 2, 3; pronunciation of, 5- References are Contraction, 7, 4. Contrary to fact conditions, 443, III. conm; 199. cum; causal and concessive, 427. since, although, 427. when, 384. Curio in Africa, 361 (Introduc- tion); 362; 365; 395; 432; 435. cursus, 199. D. Dative; with Adjectives, 20, c. of Agent, 456. with Compounds, 400. of End or Service, 399. of Indirect Object, 20; 23. with some Intransitives, 374. of the Possessor, 34; 35. Declension; defined, 19. Adjectives; First and Second Declensions, 50; 51. Third Declension, 160; 167. Nouns: First Declension; 19; by endings, 19, e. Second; 45; 56; by endings, 45 , '- Third; stem, 130; mute stems, 130 ; 135; liquid stems, 142; i-stems, 147; 153- Fourth, 199. Fifth, 266. Demonstrative Adjectives, 94; 100. Demonstrative Pronouns, 94; 120; 121. Dentals, 2. Deponent Verbs; 367; 368; gov- erning Ablative, 370. Descriptive Ablative or Genitive, 149. dies, 268. Diphthongs, 4, 2; 7, 3, 4. Direct Object, 16; 22; 431, 2. Direct Questions, 437. Discourse, Indirect ; three forms of, 450. Doer; expressed with Gerundive by Dative, 456. to paragraphs. INDEX. 2 93 Double Consonants, 2; 3. duo, 297. Duration of Time, 261. Duty; how expressed, 455. dux, 130. Dying for his Men, 461. Dying Standard Bearer, 460. E. -e ; Vocative ending of Second Declension, 45, a. ego, 283 ; 284. " Emphatic words; position of, 162. End or Service; Dative of, 399. Ending, 10, 2; 16, a; 39, a, b. Endings; exhibited, 90; 190; 196; of first declension, 19, e; per- sonal, 76; 334; of second de- clension. 45, e; of verbs, 63. English Method of Pronunciation, 3. exsul, 142. Extent of Space, 261. F. facilis, 167. facio, passive of, 430. facultas, 130. Faithful until Death, 465. Fearing; Subjunctive after Verbs of, 352. fero, 430. Fifth Declension, 266. Fight Around a Hillock, 214. fio, 430- First Conjugation, 73; 82; 332. First Periphrastic Conjugation, 453- Fourth Conjugation; 323; 332; imperfect Indicative, 335. Fourth Declension, 199. Future conditions, 443, I, II. Future participle, 453. Future tense, 408; tense sign, 333. Future-perfect tense, 408. G. g ; pronunciation of, 5. Galll et German!, 327. Gender; 10; general rules, 3-5. Genitive; 169; 130, a; 431, 1. Descriptive, 149. of i-stems in Third Declen- sion, 147. of nouns in -ius and -ium, 57. Partitive, 299, b. gn; 7< 5- Gerund; 389; 391; of purpose, 392. Gerundive; 390 ; 391; in passive periphrastic conjugation, 455; of purpose, 392. Grouping words, 169; 431, I. gu, 4, I, a. H. h, 7, 2. Hannibal et Sapid, 144, II; 151. hie, 935 94; 283, b. Hints for reading Latin, 48; 169; 431- Hints for writing Latin, 84; 169. homo, 142. hostis, 147. hulc, 4, 1, a. Hyphens; used to group words, 169, a; 170; 176; 183; 190; 246; 251; 255. i, 1. -ibus, 43 !> 2. i-consonant, I ; 5 ; 7, 5. i-stems of third declension, 147; 153; 154; 167, b; 242. idem, 120; 121, a. Imperfect Tense; Indicative; 408; of fourth conjugation, 335 ; tense sign, 188; 333. Subjunctive ; in contrary to fact conditions, 443, III ; with cum when, 384; mean- ing, 274; 276; tense sign, 333; when used, 277; 409; 411. ille, 93; 94; 283, b. Imperative in commands, 447 ; 449. Impersonal construction; defined, 457; with passive periphrastic conjugation, 457. 294 INDEX. in ; with ablative, 3 1 ; with accu- sative, 38. Incident at the Battle of Pharsalia, 466. Incompleted action, 275. Indeclinable nouns, 10, 5. Indefinite pronouns, 124. Indicative mood; with cum when, 384. Future tense signs, 333. Imperfect tense ; of fourth conjugation; 335 ; tense sign, 333. Indirect Discourse ; three forms of, 450. Indirect Object, 20; 23. Indirect Statements; 337, II-341; 344-346; 450. Defined, 337, II, a; 338. Full rule for, 413. Tenses of Infinitive, 344-346. Subordinate Clauses of, 412. Indirect Questions, 437; 438. Infinitive Mood; 75, a; 83; 169; 279, a; 431, I; 446,.^. Complementary; 155; posi- tion, 155, b. Future tense of deponents, 368, 1. Subject Accusative, 340. Tenses of; in indirect state- ments, 344-346. Use, 336-341; 344-346; 413. Interrogative; adjectives, 114; pronouns, 113; 114. Instrument or means; Ablative of, 68; 69. Intransitive verbs ; with dative, 375; 400; defined, 374; 400,0. -io ; Verbs in, 258. ipse, 120; 121, c. Irregular adjectives, 125. is, IOO-102 ; 283, b. -IS, 431. 2. iste, 120; 121, a, b. L. Labials, 2, I. Labienus meets his match, 464. labor, 142. References are Less vivid future conditions, 443, n. levis, 167. Licinins atque Claudius, 132. Liquids, 2, 2. Liquid stems of third declension, 142. List of Rules for ready reference, following the Vocabularies, 285. Lists of Words for Review, 129; 203; 291; 433. litus, 142. Locative case, 9, a. M. -m,43 I » 2 - Main clause, 161, 2, b. Main verb; 161, 3; 275; 277; in indirect statements, 413. malo, 379. Manner; Ablative of, 89. mare, 147. Means; Ablative of, 68 ; 69; 77,0; 431, 2. Mental action ; Verbs denoting, 338. miles, 135. Miles et Tribunus, 144. mille, 297, 298. moneo, 179; 186. mons, 153. murus, 45. Mutes, 2, I; 7, 6. Mute stems of third declension, 130; 135- N. nd, 7, 2. ne ; in Negative Commands and Appeals, 447. denoting Negative Purpose, 278, b\ 279. after Verbs of Fearing, 353. -ne, 8, 4; 41. Negative Commands and Appeals, 447- Negative Purpose. 278, b; 279. Negative Result, 308, b, 309. nf, 7, 5- Neuter nominative and accusative, 130, c; 142, a. to paragraphs. INDEX. 2 95 Neuter nouns of second declension. 44- nolo, 379; 446, d Nominative, 21; 431, 2. nos, 283. Nouns; indeclinable, 10, 5; pred- icate, 29; 30. nox, 153. Numerals, 296-299; 304. O. Obligation; how expressed, 455. Object ; direct, 16; 22; 431, 2; indirect, 20; 23. Omission of subject, 39. oppidum, 45. opus, 142. Order of words, 26 ; 162. -OS, 43 J » 2 - P. Palatals, 2. Participles; 82, a\ 357. How declined, 358. of Deponents, 368, 2. Future active, 453. Perfect passive, 359, 5. Present active, 359, a. How used, 359. Partitive Genitive, 299, b. Parts; Principal, of verbs, 83; 212; 330- Passive Periphrastic Conjugation, 455- Passive Voice defined, 73, b. pater, 142. Penult, 6, 3; 8, 3. Perfect Tense; Indicative, 408. Participle, 359, b; 403, g. Subjunctive ; meaning, 410 ; use, 411. Personal endings. 76; 334. Personal pronouns, 283. pes, 135- ph ; how pronounced, 5. Plso Aquitdnus, 208. Place whither, 360. Pluperfect Tense; Indicative, 408. Subjunctive ; with cum, when, 384; meaning, 410; use, 411. Plural; of adjectives, 13, a; of first declension, 12 ; of verbs, 16, b. plus, 229. Possessive Adjectives, 285. Possessor; Dative of the, 34; 35. possum, 313 ; 400, *• prae-fici6, 400, c. prae-mitto, 400, d. Predicate ; adjectives, 52; nouns, 29; 30. Preposition; position of, 169; 431, 1. Present Tense; Indicative, 408. Participle, 359, a. Subjunctive; meaning, 274, 2; 276; tense sign, 333; when used, 277 ; 409 ; 41 1 ; in less vivid future conditions, 443. II. Primary tenses, 408. princeps, 130. Principal Clause, 161. Principal Parts of Verbs, 83; 212; 330- Proelium cum Helvetils, 157; 164. Proelium Mundae, 326. Pronouns ; 100. Demonstrative, 94; 120; 12 1. Indefinite, 124. Interrogative, 113; 114. Personal and reflexive, 283. Relative ; 106 ; 107; agree- ment of, 108; 109. Pronunciation; English, 3; Roman, 3; 4; 5- puer, 56. Puer et Amicus, 118. Pugna Pharsalica, 245 (Introduc- tion); 246; 251; 255; 467. Pullo et Vorenus, 217. Purpose ; defined, 278, a; gerun- dive or gerund with ad, 392; relative clauses of, 422 ; sub- junctive of, 279; 337, b. Q. qu, 4, 1, a. quam, than; 222; with superla- tives, 439. -que, 8, 4; 91. 296 INDEX. Questions; direct, 437; indirect, 437; 43 8 ; 45°- qui, 106-109; 2 ^6; 422. quldam, 124. quis, 113; 114. quod, 114, b. -quod, 124, b. R. -re, 333- Reading; Hints for, 84; 169; 431. Ready reference ; Rules arranged for, Following the Vocabularies. regd, 205 ; 210. Reflexive Pronouns, 283. Relative clauses ; 425 ; of cause, 423. of characteristic, 424. of purpose and result, 422. Relative Pronouns; 106; 107; 161, 4; agreement of, 108 ; 109. Result; Subjunctive of, 309; rela- tive clause of, 422. Review ; Word-lists for, 129 ; 203 ; 291; 433- Roman! atque Galli, 90. Rules of Syntax arranged for ready reference, Following the Vocab- ularies. S. sapiens, 167. Saving the Standard, 225. Second declension, 45 ; 56. Second conjugation, 179 ; 186 ; 332. Second periphrastic conjugation, 455- Secondary tenses, 408. Sequence of tenses, 41 1. Separation ; Ablative of, 418. Service or end; Dative of, 399. Silva, 19. Simple conditions ; nothing im- plied, 443. I. Space; extent of, 261. Specification; Ablative of, 194. Statements; direct, 337, II. indi- rect, 337, II-341 ; 344-346; 413; 45°- Stem; defined, 19, d, e ; of third declension, 130. Stems of verbs, 83 ; 330. References are Stem vowel; of first declension, 19, d; of second declension, 43. Subject ; 21 ; 26, a\ 35 ; omitted, 39- Syntax ; Rules of, arranged for ready reference, Following the Vocabularies. Subjunctive Mood ; 274. in Conditional Sentences, 443, II, III. in Commands and Appeals, 447; 449- with cum Causal or Conces- sive, 427. with cum Temporal, 384. in Indirect Discourse, 450 ; Indirect commands, 449 ; Indirect Questions, 438 ; Indirect statements, 413. of Purpose, 279. in Relative Clauses ; 425 ; of cause, 423; of characteristic, 424 ; of purpose and result, 422. of Result, 309. after Verbs of Fearing, 353. rule for Use of Tenses, 277; 409; 411. Tenses of ; present tense ; meaning, 274, 2; 276; tense sign, 333; use, 277, 443, II- imperfect tense ; meaning ; 274; 276; tense sign, 333; use, 277 ; 443, III. perfect and pluperfect tenses ; meaning, 410, c; use, 411. Subordinate clauses; defined, 161 ; in indirect statements, 413 ; 450. Superlatives; how declined, 221, b. meanings, 219; 223; withquam. 439- sul, 283. sum ; 61 ; 67 ; 453 ; 454 ; posi- tion, 26, b. suus, 191-- T. Tenses ; primary and secondary, 408; sequence of, 411. to paragraphs. INDEX. 297 Tense signs, 188; 333. -ter, 247. "that" omitted in indirect state- ments, 337, II, c. Third conjugation; 205; 210; 332; in io, 258; 332. Third declension; mute stems, 130; 135- Liquid stems, 142. i-stems, 147; 153. Adjectives, 160; 167. Three forms of indirect discourse, 45°- Time denoted by infinitive in in- direct statements, 344; 345. Time; ablative of, 174; accusative of, 261. Towns; names of as place whither, 360. tres, 297. tu, 283; 284. U. ultima, 6, 3. Uniting or grouping words, 169; 43 1 , I- -urn, 44- unus, 297. urbs, 153. ut; of purpose, 278, b; 279; of result, 308, b; 309; with verbs of fearing, 353. utor, 370. V. v ; pronunciation, 5. velox, 167. Verb ; main, 161, 3 ; position of. 26, b; 162; stems, 75, a; 85 330- Verbs; agreement of, 63; of mental action, 338 ; personal endings, 76; 334; plural of, 16, b; voice, 73 , <*, b - vir,_5 6 - virtus, 135. Vivid, see Less vivid. Vocative case, 45, a, b. Voice ; defined, 73, a, b. void, 379. vos, 283. Vowels, 4, I; 7. W. Words; Lists of Allied Words ex- plained, 131. Word-lists for review, 129; 203; 291; 433- Word-order, 26; 162; 431, 1. 1 Writing Latin; Hints for, 48. Uc £9G2 ^ • r'P 17 \W 7 9 400 ■, * v , o> v -/ >- \ 'c ** ** -■-. V \ A* ,}, ^ 7 . ^ *c v\ ^0 o^ > .V i - '^ ^ V- \v C- V % f . * * o , % "' ' ' \ X r -P f> 'V- ^ ^ ■\ ^ v* X ^ "^ % ^ ^ ^ - '-- -P| \ V k v